WO2017073582A1 - Equipment-mounting structure, mounting plate for same, alarm unit, fire alarm unit, alarm device, and method for manufacturing same - Google Patents

Equipment-mounting structure, mounting plate for same, alarm unit, fire alarm unit, alarm device, and method for manufacturing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017073582A1
WO2017073582A1 PCT/JP2016/081643 JP2016081643W WO2017073582A1 WO 2017073582 A1 WO2017073582 A1 WO 2017073582A1 JP 2016081643 W JP2016081643 W JP 2016081643W WO 2017073582 A1 WO2017073582 A1 WO 2017073582A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
alarm device
detection
substrate
speaker
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/081643
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
隼人 津留見
学 榎本
朋彦 島津
Original Assignee
ホーチキ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ホーチキ株式会社 filed Critical ホーチキ株式会社
Priority to JP2017547809A priority Critical patent/JPWO2017073582A1/en
Publication of WO2017073582A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017073582A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B17/00Fire alarms; Alarms responsive to explosion
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B17/00Fire alarms; Alarms responsive to explosion
    • G08B17/10Actuation by presence of smoke or gases, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means
    • G08B17/103Actuation by presence of smoke or gases, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means using a light emitting and receiving device
    • G08B17/107Actuation by presence of smoke or gases, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means using a light emitting and receiving device for detecting light-scattering due to smoke
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B17/00Fire alarms; Alarms responsive to explosion
    • G08B17/10Actuation by presence of smoke or gases, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means
    • G08B17/11Actuation by presence of smoke or gases, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means using an ionisation chamber for detecting smoke or gas
    • G08B17/113Constructional details

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a device mounting structure that is mounted on a wall surface or a ceiling surface of a building and its mounting plate, an alarm device that detects an abnormality such as a fire, a fire alarm device, an alarm device, and a manufacturing method thereof.
  • the equipment body may be fixed by a mounting plate.
  • Examples of such devices include fire alarms and gas alarms.
  • the fire alarm detects smoke, heat, or flame generated by a fire with a sensor, and emits an alarm by sound or light when a fire is detected.
  • the mounting plate has one surface that comes into contact with the installation surface of the building and is fixed, and the other surface is a surface that can fix the device body.
  • the attachment plate is fixed to the installation surface with screws, and the device main body is attached and fixed to the fixed attachment plate.
  • a device mounting structure including a mounting plate and a device main body for example, there is one as described in Patent Document 1.
  • a speaker for sounding is provided in the fire alarm housing.
  • the speaker issues an alarm when a fire is detected.
  • the speaker is fixed in the casing, and an acoustic hole is formed in the front portion of the casing at a position facing the speaker. The sound from the speaker is propagated to the front side of the housing through the acoustic hole.
  • a fire alarm device for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 2.
  • fire alarms are mainly installed on the front of the housing in order to easily perform operations such as first power-on, periodic operation test, and alarm stop when alarming.
  • An operation button is provided. By pressing the operation button, the push button switch inside the fire alarm can be pressed, and various operations can be performed.
  • the operation button may be provided with a pull string attachment portion. When the fire alarm is provided at a high place, the operation button can be operated by pulling the pull string by attaching the pull string to the operation button.
  • Patent Document 3 As a fire alarm provided with such an operation button, for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 3.
  • the fire alarm is attached to the installation surface such as the wall or ceiling of the building, detects smoke generated by the fire with the sensor unit, and emits an alarm by sound or light when a fire is detected.
  • Smoke detection in the fire alarm is performed by a smoke detector having a light emitting part and a light receiving part.
  • the light receiving unit is arranged so that light from the light emitting unit does not directly enter the smoke detecting unit.
  • smoke enters the smoke detector a part of the light from the light emitting part is scattered by the smoke, and the presence of the smoke can be detected by receiving the scattered light at the light receiving part. Since the smoke detector detects smoke on the principle described above, it is necessary to prevent light from the outside from entering the smoke detector.
  • a smoke detector cover is provided so as to cover the area of the smoke detector.
  • the smoke detection unit cover is provided with a plurality of wall portions rising from the base portion along the circumferential direction. By this wall portion, light from the outside is shielded and prevented from entering the light receiving portion.
  • a fire alarm device having such a smoke detection unit cover for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 4.
  • Such a conventional photoelectric smoke detector generally includes a light emitting element, a light receiving element, a light receiving lens, a detection unit main body, and a smoke detection unit, and is partitioned from the light emitting element by a detection unit main body and a smoke detection unit.
  • the light receiving lens condenses the scattered light in the smoke detector based on the light emitted in the detection space, and the light receiving element receives the collected light. Based on the amount of light received by the light receiving element, the detection space Detected the smoke that flowed into the water and gave an alarm.
  • a light emitting element and a light receiving element are attached to a mechanism for mounting provided in the main body of the detection unit (such as a hole having a shape corresponding to the light emitting element and the light receiving element). ) To determine the optical axis of the light emitting element and the light receiving element, and in this state, insert the connection line (foot) of the light emitting element and the light receiving element into the through hole of the board, and then solder the connection line to the board And implemented it.
  • the head of the screw When the mounting plate is screwed to the installation surface, the head of the screw is exposed on the front side of the mounting plate, that is, on the mounting side of the device body.
  • the device main body When the device main body is attached to the mounting plate, if the head of the screw hits the device main body, the device main body may be damaged.
  • the head of the screw collides with the battery, thereby damaging the battery.
  • the head of the screw may damage the wiring etc. of the device main body.
  • a space margin is reduced in the device main body, so that the head of the screw exposed from the mounting plate is likely to affect the device main body.
  • the sound level from the speaker is required to be higher than a predetermined level. That is, the sound pressure of the speaker must be equal to or higher than a predetermined value, but the diameter of the speaker that can be mounted is limited as the housing is downsized. For this reason, it is desired to increase the sound pressure while keeping the diameter of the speaker as it is.
  • the smoke detector cover has a substantially V-shaped wall for improving light shielding, so the radial size is relatively large, which is a factor that hinders downsizing of fire alarms. It was.
  • the fire alarm is provided with a speaker for sound output, and if this speaker is arranged so as to partially overlap the smoke detector cover in the thickness direction of the housing, sufficient sound pressure can be obtained from the speaker. Since there is a possibility of disappearing, it is necessary to arrange them so that they do not overlap. As fire alarms have become smaller and the housing has become smaller, it has become difficult to arrange them so that they do not overlap.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a device mounting structure and a mounting plate that can prevent a screw fixing the mounting plate from affecting the device body.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and provides an alarm device that can increase the sound pressure of a speaker mounted in a housing, and can save space and securely fix a speaker. The purpose is to do.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an alarm device that can perform a pressing operation and a returning operation to the original position without variation with a simple structure.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a fire alarm capable of downsizing a smoke detector and arranging the smoke detector cover so that it does not overlap a speaker or the like in the housing. And, the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and can simplify the mounting operation of the detection means (corresponding to the light emitting element and the light receiving element) and the mechanism of the covering means (corresponding to the detection unit main body). An object of the present invention is to provide an alarm device and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • the device mounting structure according to claim 1 is a device mounting structure in which a device main body is mounted to an installation surface by a mounting plate, and the mounting plate has a screw for fixing to the installation surface. A screw hole portion to be inserted is provided, and a rising portion having a height equal to or higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion.
  • the device mounting structure according to claim 2 is the device mounting structure according to claim 1, wherein the mounting plate includes a device fixing surface portion that fixes the device body, and the device fixing surface portion is associated with the device body. A locking piece portion to be stopped and the screw hole portion are formed, and the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
  • the device mounting structure according to claim 3 is the device mounting structure according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the device main body has a battery storage portion for storing a battery, and the battery storage portion opens toward the mounting plate.
  • the screw hole portion is formed at a position facing the battery housing portion.
  • the device mounting structure according to claim 4 is the device mounting structure according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the device main body is a fire alarm that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm. To do.
  • the mounting plate according to claim 5 is a mounting plate for mounting a device main body to an installation surface, wherein the mounting plate has a screw hole portion through which a screw for fixing to the installation surface is inserted, A rising portion having a height equal to or higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion.
  • the mounting plate according to claim 6 is the mounting plate according to claim 5, wherein the mounting plate has a device fixing surface portion for fixing the device main body, and the device fixing surface portion locks the device main body.
  • a locking piece portion and the screw hole portion are formed, and the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
  • an alarm device having a speaker that emits sound from the front is provided in the housing, and the housing includes a substrate portion having a speaker fixing portion for arranging and fixing the speaker.
  • An acoustic hole is formed in the front portion of the body at a position facing the front surface of the speaker, and the speaker fixing portion is engaged with a base surface portion facing the back surface of the speaker and a peripheral portion of the speaker.
  • the base surface portion has one or more through portions.
  • the alarm device according to claim 8 is the alarm device according to claim 7, wherein the substrate portion is accommodated in a hollow interior of the housing, and a space portion is provided between the substrate portion and the rear surface portion of the housing. And the space is closed at least on the rear surface side of the housing.
  • the alarm device according to claim 9 is the alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion includes a plurality of locking pieces provided along a circumferential direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape. It is characterized by that.
  • the alarm device according to claim 10 is the alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion is formed of a pair of locking pieces opposed to each other in the diameter direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape. It is characterized by that.
  • the alarm device according to claim 11 is the alarm device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the locking piece portion is elastically moved with respect to the fixed locking piece portion fixed to the substrate portion and the substrate portion. It is characterized by comprising a movable locking piece portion.
  • the alarm device according to claim 12 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is formed as an elastic piece supported in a cantilever manner on the base surface portion.
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to any one of the seventh to twelfth aspects, wherein the penetrating portion includes a plurality of small holes formed in the base surface portion.
  • the alarm device according to claim 14 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is elastically formed by two slit portions reaching from one end portion of the base surface portion to a position exceeding at least the center of the base surface portion. It is formed in a deformable elastic piece, and the slit portion is the penetrating portion.
  • the alarm device according to claim 15 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is formed in an island-like portion connected to the substrate portion by a thin bridge portion.
  • the gap between the island-shaped part and the base surface part is the penetrating part.
  • the alarm device includes a housing and an operation button provided on the housing and capable of pressing and returning, and the operation button has a rotation shaft portion on an outer peripheral portion
  • the housing has an opening for receiving the operation button, and a bearing portion for holding the rotating shaft portion at an edge of the opening, and the operation button is connected to the housing with respect to the operation button. It has the latching
  • the alarm device according to claim 17 is the alarm device according to claim 16, wherein the operation button is provided with the rotating shaft portion in the vicinity of one end portion, and from one end portion to the other end portion where the rotating shaft portion is provided. It has a long shape.
  • the alarm device according to claim 18 is the alarm device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the operation button includes an operation portion exposed from the opening, and an outward extending from one end of the operation portion. It has an extension part, and the rotating shaft part is provided in the outward extension part.
  • the alarm device according to claim 19 is the alarm device according to claim 18, wherein the operation button extends from one end of the operation portion in the same direction as the outward extension portion. And the locking portion is formed at the tip of the elastic piece.
  • the alarm device according to claim 20 is the alarm device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the operation button has a rearward extension portion extending rearward, and the rearward extension portion. Has a slit portion through which the drawstring is inserted, and the slit portion can be deformed in the direction of increasing the width.
  • the fire alarm device has a smoke detector cover so as to surround a smoke detection region in which the sensor portion is disposed.
  • the smoke detector cover has a plurality of light shielding wall portions along a circumferential direction, the light shielding wall portion has a single plate shape, and the interior and the outside of the smoke detection region communicate with each other between the adjacent light shielding wall portions.
  • the light shielding wall portions are arranged so as to overlap each other in the radial direction so that one of the light shielding wall portions is positioned on the radiation centered on the detection position of the sensor portion. It is characterized by that.
  • the fire alarm device according to claim 22 is the fire alarm device according to claim 21, wherein the light shielding wall portion is inclined in a radial direction along a circumferential direction of the smoke detection region from a base portion of the smoke detection portion cover. It is characterized by being arranged and erected.
  • the fire alarm device according to claim 23 is the fire alarm device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the light shielding wall portion has an arcuate surface portion forming an outer peripheral surface of the smoke detection region.
  • a fire alarm device wherein a light emitting portion is arranged in the smoke detection area, and at least the light emitting portion of the light shielding wall portion is the fire alarm device according to any one of claims 21 to 23.
  • An uneven shape is formed on the surface that receives light from.
  • the alarm device is a substrate on which an element can be mounted, and a detection means electrically mounted on the substrate, wherein the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space Detecting means for detecting whether or not, and covering means arranged so as to cover the substrate and the detecting means without interfering with the detecting means, and interposed between the substrate and the detection space Covering means.
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to the twenty-fifth aspect, wherein the detecting means includes a light receiving means for detecting whether or not a substance to be detected is included based on the amount of received light.
  • the alarm device is a noise preventing means for preventing noise to the light receiving means, and is formed by being fixed to the light receiving means so that the light receiving means faces a predetermined direction. Noise prevention means for determining the axis is provided.
  • the alarm device according to claim 27 is the alarm device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the alarm device is a flange for promoting the inflow of the gas into the detection space, and is integrally formed on an outer edge portion of the covering means. Provided with a flange.
  • a warning device is the warning device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to twenty-seventh aspects, wherein the power supply urging means for urging and holding a power supply unit that supplies power to the warning device.
  • the power supply biasing means is integrally formed with the covering means.
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to twenty-eighth aspects, wherein the alarm device is an accommodating means for accommodating an output means for outputting an alarm, and is integrally formed with the covering means.
  • a storage means is provided.
  • the alarm device is the alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 29, wherein the detection means is a light emitting means for emitting light to the detection space, and is attached to the substrate. Comprising light emitting means arranged in a state bent from a position in a predetermined direction,
  • the substrate includes a substrate hole provided at a position corresponding to a bent portion of the light emitting unit, and a substrate hole into which an angle determining device for determining an attachment angle of the light emitting unit with respect to the substrate can be inserted. .
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to the thirty-third aspect, wherein the alarm device according to the thirty-first aspect is an accommodating means for accommodating the detecting means and the covering means inside the alarm device.
  • the housing means includes a closing means for closing the substrate hole.
  • the alarm device according to claim 32 is the alarm device according to claim 31, wherein the closing means is a support means capable of supporting the detection means.
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to thirty-second embodiments, wherein the detection means includes a light emission side detection means that emits light to the detection space, and Light receiving side detecting means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space based on the amount of light, the covering means from the light emitting side detecting means to the covering means A light emitting hole for introducing light into the detection space and a light receiving hole for introducing reflected light from the detection space through the covering means to the light receiving side detection means, Have.
  • the detection means includes a light emission side detection means that emits light to the detection space, and Light receiving side detecting means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space based on the amount of light, the covering means from the light emitting side detecting means to the covering means A light emitting hole for introducing light into the detection space and a light receiving hole for introducing reflected light from the detection space through the covering means to the light receiving side
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to the thirty-third aspect, wherein a groove portion is formed around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in a surface of the covering means that faces the detection space. And a groove portion recessed toward the opposite side to the detection space.
  • An alarm device is the alarm device according to the thirty-third or thirty-fourth aspect, wherein the alarm means is a light shielding means formed around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in a surface of the covering means facing the substrate.
  • a light-shielding means that is disposed so as to be raised toward the substrate and covers the periphery of the light-emitting side detection means or the light-receiving side detection means.
  • the detection means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space is attached to the substrate on which the element can be mounted at a predetermined angle.
  • the rising portion can be used as a guide for the depth of tightening the screw, and according to the thickness of the mounting plate, an appropriate tightening depth and strength can be obtained. Can be securely fixed to the installation surface.
  • the battery even if the battery approaches the head of the screw, the battery contacts the rising portion and does not contact the head of the screw, so that the screw can be prevented from affecting the battery.
  • the screw head does not contact the head of the screw by contacting the rising portion. It can be prevented from reaching. Further, the head of the screw of the mounting plate can be prevented from affecting the device main body.
  • the rising portion can be used as a guide for the depth of tightening the screw, and according to the thickness of the mounting plate, an appropriate tightening depth and strength can be obtained. Can be securely fixed to the installation surface.
  • a part of the sound generated by the vibration on the front side of the speaker can be transmitted to the back surface of the speaker through the penetrating portion, and can be efficiently resonated in the housing.
  • the pressure can be improved.
  • the sound pressure from the speaker can be improved.
  • a sound pressure exceeding a predetermined level can be obtained even with a small-diameter speaker, and the housing can be downsized.
  • a closed space is formed between the substrate portion and the rear surface portion of the housing, and the sound from the speaker guided through the penetration portion can be more easily resonated, The sound pressure can be further improved.
  • the speaker since the speaker is locked and fixed by the locking piece portion at a plurality of positions in the circumferential direction, the speaker can be stably fixed to the substrate portion, and due to environmental changes such as temperature or humidity, It can suppress that the fixed state of a speaker changes.
  • the speaker since the speaker is locked and fixed so as to be sandwiched by the pair of locking pieces from both sides, the speaker can be stably fixed to the substrate portion, and the environment such as temperature or humidity It is possible to suppress a change in the fixed state of the speaker due to the change.
  • the other end portion of the speaker after the one end portion of the speaker is locked to the fixed locking piece portion, the other end portion of the speaker can be easily locked and fixed to the moving locking piece portion, The fixing work of the speaker can be facilitated.
  • the movable locking piece can be moved elastically with a simple structure.
  • the thirteenth aspect of the present invention it is possible to prevent insects and the like from entering through the penetrating portion, and it is possible to optimize the improvement of the sound pressure of the speaker by closing some small holes.
  • the amount of deformation of the elastic piece can be increased, the locking and fixing of the speaker can be facilitated, and the slit portion becomes the through portion, so there is no need to form a separate through portion,
  • the structure can be simplified.
  • the movable locking piece can be elastically moved with a simple structure, and the gap serves as a penetrating portion.
  • the operation button can be pressed so as to be tilted about the rotation shaft portion, and the locking portion is urged against the casing in the return operation direction of the operation button.
  • the operation button can be securely fixed to the housing.
  • the operation button can be pressed and returned with a simple structure, and since the number of components is small, variations in the pressing operation due to component tolerances can be suppressed.
  • the rotating shaft portion can be further separated from the operation portion, and the pressing depth of the operation button can be further increased.
  • the operation button can be reliably operated in the return direction by the elastic deformation of the elastic piece accompanying the pressing of the operation button.
  • the smoke detector can be downsized while maintaining the light shielding function from external light, and the smoke detector cover can be arranged so as not to overlap the speaker or the like in the downsized housing.
  • an intermittent circumferential surface can be formed on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall portion, and the net member can be arranged on the outer peripheral side.
  • the reflected light of the light from the light emitting part incident on the sensor part is reduced, and the sensor part Can be prevented from malfunctioning.
  • the covering means does not interfere with the substrate and the detecting means, after setting all the detecting means on the covering means, the covering means is covered with the substrate and the through hole of the substrate is formed.
  • the detecting means includes the light receiving means and the noise preventing means is formed integrally with the light receiving means, the mounting work of the light receiving means and the noise preventing means can be simplified.
  • the flange for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space is provided at the outer edge of the covering means, the amount of gas inflow into the detection space can be increased, and the detection accuracy can be increased. It becomes possible to improve.
  • the power supply biasing means to which the stress from the power supply portion is always applied is integrally formed with the covering means that cannot be visually recognized from the outside, it can be visually recognized from the outside like the housing means Compared with the case where it is provided in a simple mechanism, the deformation due to the stress becomes inconspicuous, and appearance defects can be prevented.
  • the storage means for storing the output means connected to the substrate is formed integrally with the covering means, the output means can be arranged on the same side as the substrate in the covering means. It is possible to improve the productivity of the alarm device by simplifying the connection of the means to the substrate.
  • the mounting angle of the light emission means can be reduced by an extremely easy method of inserting the angle determination device and suppressing the light emission means. Can be easily determined, and the productivity of the alarm device can be improved.
  • the accommodating means is provided with the closing means for closing the substrate hole, the erroneous detection due to the light of the light emitting means circulated from the substrate hole and received by the light receiving means is prevented. It is possible to improve the detection accuracy.
  • the closing means can support the detection means, when an external force is applied to the detection means for any reason, the angle of the detection means changes and the detection accuracy is increased. It is possible to prevent the decrease.
  • the covering means since the covering means includes the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole, the covering means covers the substrate and suppresses the accumulation of dust on the substrate, while the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole prevent the dust from accumulating. It can be set as the structure which does not inhibit the optical axis of a light emission side detection means and a light reception side detection means.
  • the dust is accumulated on the groove portion by accumulating the dust in the groove portion. It is possible to prevent the dust from accumulating on the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in the covering means, and the dust accumulated around the light receiving hole is positioned on the light emitting axis or the light receiving axis. Can be prevented.
  • the light emitting side detection is provided because the alarming device is arranged so as to be raised around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole and covers the periphery of the light emitting side detecting means or the light receiving side detecting means. It is possible to prevent erroneous detection due to the light from the means being directly received by the light receiving side detection means without going through the detection space, and the dust accumulated in the covering means passes through the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole from the covering means. Then, the light falls on the light emitting side detecting means and the light receiving side detecting means and accumulates on the surface of the light emitting side detecting means and the light receiving side detecting means, thereby preventing the detection accuracy from being lowered.
  • the covering means since the covering means is installed after the detecting means is mounted on the substrate and electrically mounted, all the detecting means are set on the covering means.
  • the work of covering the covering means with the substrate and simultaneously inserting the connecting lines of the detecting means into the through holes of the substrate can be omitted, the mounting work of the detecting means can be simplified, and a mechanism for attaching the detecting means is provided. There is no need to provide the covering means, and it is possible to simplify the mechanism of the covering means and improve the productivity of the alarm device.
  • FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. It is a front view of the board
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. It is a front view of an operation button. It is a side view of an operation button.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the operation button from the back side. It is a perspective view from the back side of a fire alarm. It is an enlarged view of back extension part vicinity in FIG.
  • FIG. 16 is an enlarged view of the lower part of the housing in the BB cross section of FIG. 15.
  • FIG. 17 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the lower part of the housing in a state where the operation button is pressed from the state of FIG. 16. It is the perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm device in this Embodiment 4. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a fire alarm. It is a perspective view of the board
  • FIG. 29 is an enlarged view of a range in which the detection position of the sensor unit and the light shielding wall portion directly face each other in FIG. 28. It is a perspective view of the alarm device which concerns on this Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 29 is an enlarged view of a range in which the detection position of the sensor unit and the light shielding wall portion directly face each other in FIG. 28. It is a perspective view of the alarm device which concerns on this Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow AA in FIG. 31. It is a disassembled perspective view of the alarm device seen from the lower side. It is a disassembled perspective view of the alarm device seen from the upper side. It is a bottom view of a mounting base. It is a top view of an attachment base. It is a bottom view of a back case. It is a top view of a back case. It is a front view of a back case. It is a top view of a front case. It is a front view of a front case. It is a bottom view of a detection part cover.
  • FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 32.
  • FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 52. It is a perspective view of a circuit board.
  • FIG. 1 It is sectional drawing which shows a circuit board and the jig
  • FIG. 1 shows a perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm device according to the first embodiment
  • FIG. 2 shows a perspective view seen from the rear side of the fire alarm device.
  • the fire alarm device according to the first embodiment includes an alarm body 1 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm, and a mounting plate 2 that attaches the alarm body 1 to the installation surface.
  • the alarm device body 1 has a housing 10 having a sensor for detecting smoke inside.
  • the housing 10 has a smoke inlet 12 on a side surface thereof, the smoke is introduced from the smoke inlet 12 into the housing 10 and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
  • the housing 10 has a front surface 11 facing the indoor side.
  • the front surface 11 has operation buttons 13 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 10. 14 is provided.
  • the mounting plate 2 is provided on the back side of the alarm body 1 and can fix the alarm body 1.
  • the installation surface to which the mounting plate 2 is fixed is the wall surface of the house. After the mounting plate 2 is fixed to the installation surface which is a vertical surface, the alarm device body 1 is mounted and fixed to the mounting plate 2.
  • the mounting plate 2 has an alarm fixing surface portion 20 formed in a substantially ring shape having a hole in the center.
  • An upper protruding portion 21 is formed at the upper end portion of the alarm device fixing surface portion 20.
  • the upper protruding portion 21 is used when there is a place to be hooked on the installation surface in advance, but is not used in the first embodiment.
  • a groove-shaped notch is formed in the root portion of the upper protruding portion 21, and when the upper protruding portion 21 is not used, it can be easily folded and removed.
  • FIG. 3 shows a rear view of the alarm body 1.
  • a battery housing portion 16 is formed at the top, and a battery 17 is housed therein.
  • the battery housing portion 16 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 10 is thinned by the thickness of the lid.
  • mounting plate fixing portions 15 are formed at three locations in the circumferential direction on the back surface of the alarm body 1.
  • the mounting plate fixing portion 15 is formed so as to be able to rotate and lock with respect to the mounting plate 2.
  • FIG. 4 shows a front view of the mounting plate 2.
  • locking pieces 24 are formed in a claw shape at three locations along the circumferential direction.
  • the locking piece portion 24 is formed at a position corresponding to the mounting plate fixing portion 15 formed on the back surface portion of the alarm device main body 1 and can be rotationally locked.
  • the alarm fixing surface portion 20 is provided with a plurality of screw hole portions 22 through which screws for fixing the mounting plate 2 to the installation surface can be inserted.
  • the screw hole part 22 in the direction of the upper part 12 o'clock is used among the plurality of screw hole parts 22, the screw hole part 22 will be described below.
  • the screw hole portion 22 has a large diameter at the bottom and a small diameter at the top, and has a continuous bowl shape.
  • a rising portion 23 that rises from the alarm fixing surface portion 20 is formed so as to surround the screw hole portion 22.
  • the rising portion 23 is formed to have a substantially elliptical shape when viewed from the front.
  • FIG. 5 shows a perspective view of the screw 30 and the mounting plate 2 tightened on the installation surface.
  • the screw 30 is previously tightened to a certain position with respect to the installation surface. At this time, the head 31 of the screw 30 is in a state of floating from the installation surface.
  • the screw hole portion 22 of the mounting plate 2 is formed to have a diameter that allows the lower large-diameter portion to pass through the head portion 31 of the screw 30. Therefore, the screw 30 can be inserted into the lower portion of the screw hole portion 22 and the screw 30 can be passed through the front surface side of the mounting plate 2. From this state, the mounting plate 2 is slid downward to place the screw 30 in the small diameter portion above the screw hole 22. Since the small diameter portion of the screw hole portion 22 is larger than the diameter of the screw 30 and smaller than the diameter of the head portion 31, the screw 30 is further tightened by positioning the screw 30 at the small diameter portion of the screw hole portion 22. Thus, the head portion 31 of the screw 30 can be brought into pressure contact with the peripheral portion of the screw hole portion 22, and the mounting plate 2 can be fixed to the installation surface by the screw 30.
  • the screw 30 is tightened to a position where the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not protrude from the surrounding rising portion 23. That is, when the mounting plate 2 is viewed from the side, the screw 30 is tightened until the head portion 31 is completely hidden by the rising portion 23.
  • the rising portion 23 can also be used as a guide for the depth at which the screw 30 is tightened.
  • Fig. 6 shows a longitudinal section of the fire alarm.
  • the screw 30 is also shown in this figure.
  • the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not exceed the height of the rising portion 23 formed around the screw hole portion 22. That is, the height of the rising portion 23 is set so that the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not protrude to the front side of the rising portion 23.
  • the screw hole portion 22 for fixing the screw 30 is located at the upper part of the mounting plate 2, and the battery 17 housed in the battery housing portion 16 of the alarm body 1 and the head portion 31 of the screw 30 face each other.
  • the rising portion 23 having a height that does not protrude the head portion 31 is formed around the head portion 31 of the screw 30, the battery 17 does not contact the head portion 31 of the screw 30.
  • the height of the rising portion 23 is substantially the same as the protruding height of the head portion 31 of the screw 30, but the rising portion 23 only needs to be higher than the protruding height of the head portion 31. It may be formed higher to the extent that it does not interfere with the alarm body 1.
  • the positions and number of the screw hole portions 22 and the rising portions 23 are not limited to those of the first embodiment, and can be appropriately arranged as necessary.
  • the installation surface is a wall surface, but may be a ceiling surface.
  • the device is a fire alarm, but may be another type of device such as a gas alarm.
  • FIG. 7 shows a front view of the fire alarm in the present embodiment 2-1.
  • the fire alarm device of the present embodiment 2-1 has an alarm device body 201 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm.
  • the alarm device body 201 has a housing 210 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like inside.
  • the casing 210 has a smoke inlet on the side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet into the casing 210, and the smoke is detected by an internal sensor.
  • the housing 210 has a front surface portion 211 facing the indoor side.
  • the front surface portion 211 emits sound from operation buttons 214 for performing various operations and a speaker 217 provided inside the housing 210.
  • Acoustic holes 215 are provided.
  • FIG. 8 shows a cross-sectional view along AA of FIG.
  • a battery storage portion 218 is formed at an upper portion, and a battery 219 is stored therein.
  • the battery storage portion 218 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 210 is thinned by the thickness of the lid.
  • a substrate unit 216 is disposed inside the housing 210, and the substrate unit 216 is provided with a smoke detector 216a for detecting smoke flowing in from the smoke inlet. Although not shown in FIG. 8, a speaker 217 is attached and fixed to the board portion 216.
  • FIG. 9 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG.
  • the substrate portion 216 is disposed at a substantially central position in the thickness direction, and the front surface 217a of the speaker 217 fixed to the substrate portion 216 has an acoustic hole. 215 opposite.
  • a space portion is formed between the substrate portion 216 and the rear surface portion 212 of the housing 210 on the back side of the substrate portion 216.
  • casing 210 does not have a hole etc., but is obstruct
  • FIG. 10 shows a front view of the substrate portion 216.
  • the substrate portion 216 has a substantially circular shape with a part cut off, and a sensor 216b for detecting smoke is disposed in the center portion.
  • a speaker fixing part 220 is formed on the periphery of the substrate part 216, and the speaker 217 is fixed here.
  • the speaker fixing part 220 has a substantially circular rising part 221 with a part cut off, and the speaker 217 can be arranged inside the rising part 221.
  • a base surface portion 222 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 216 and faces the back surface of the speaker 2217.
  • the base surface portion 222 is formed with a through portion 226 made up of a plurality of small holes.
  • a substantially T-shaped fixed locking piece 223 is provided on one side of the speaker fixing portion 220.
  • the fixed locking piece portion 223 is integral with the substrate portion 216 and cannot move with respect to the substrate portion 216.
  • a moving locking piece portion 224 that is movable in a predetermined direction with respect to the substrate portion 216 is provided on one side of the speaker fixing portion 220 facing the fixed locking piece portion 223, a moving locking piece portion 224 that is movable in a predetermined direction with respect to the substrate portion 216 is provided.
  • the fixed locking piece portion 223 and the moving locking piece portion 224 are arranged to face each other in the diameter direction of the speaker 217 fixed to the speaker fixing portion 2220.
  • the movable locking piece 224 is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 225 supported in a cantilevered manner by the substrate 216.
  • the elastic piece 225 is supported in a cantilever manner on the outer peripheral portion of the base surface portion 222, whereby the elastic piece 225 can be elastically deformed in the thickness direction with respect to the substrate portion 216. Thereby, the movement locking piece part 224 can move in the thickness direction with respect to the substrate part 216.
  • FIG. 11 is a front view of the substrate portion 216 to which the speaker 217 is attached
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG.
  • the speaker 217 has a speaker body 217c having a substantially circular shape, and has a pair of ear portions 217d opposed to each other in the diameter direction on the outer periphery of the speaker body 217c.
  • a locking recess 217e for locking the fixed locking piece 223 or the moving locking piece 224 is formed in the ear 217d.
  • the locking recess 217e formed on the other ear portion 217d of the speaker 217 is fixed with the one ear portion 217d side floating from the base surface portion 222.
  • the locking piece 223 is locked.
  • the elastic piece 225 is elastically deformed, and the movement locking piece 224 is locked to the other ear 217d.
  • the speaker 217 is locked to the speaker fixing portion 220 at two locations facing each other in the diameter direction, and the speaker 217 can be stably held on the substrate portion 216.
  • the speaker 217 Since the speaker 217 is elastically locked and fixed to the substrate part 216 at the ear part 217d facing in the diameter direction, the speaker 217 is prevented from changing its fixed state due to environmental changes such as temperature or humidity. be able to. Further, the speaker 217 is locked and fixed so as to be sandwiched between the fixed locking piece 223 and the moving locking piece 224, but the locking position is an ear 217 d formed in a protruding shape from the outer periphery of the speaker 217. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the speaker main body 217c from being deformed and to prevent a decrease in sound pressure.
  • the speaker 217 has a front surface 217 a that vibrates and emits sound facing the front side of the substrate portion 216, and a back surface 217 b faces the base surface portion 222. Since the base surface portion 222 has a small hole-shaped through portion 226, the back surface 217 b of the speaker 217 is formed between the substrate portion 216 and the rear surface portion 212 of the housing 210 through the through portion 226. Facing the space.
  • the front 217a side vibrates to generate sound, and the sound is propagated to the outside through the acoustic hole 215 of the housing 210.
  • the vibration on the front surface 217a side of the speaker 217 spreads over the entire speaker 217, so that sound is also transmitted to the back surface 217b side of the speaker 217.
  • the sound resonates in the space portion on the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210 via the through-hole 226 formed in the base surface portion 222 and is transmitted to the outside.
  • the effect of sound resonance on the back surface 217b side of the speaker 217 varies depending on the diameter of the speaker 217, the volume and shape of the space portion on the rear surface portion 212 side of the casing 210, the area of the through portion 226, and the like.
  • the through portion 226 is formed by a plurality of small holes, the area of the through portion 226 can be adjusted so that the effect of resonance is maximized.
  • a large number of small holes are formed in the base surface portion 222 in advance, and a sound is emitted from the speaker 217 in a state where all parts of the fire alarm are assembled, and the sound pressure is measured.
  • a part of the small hole formed in the base surface portion 222 is closed with resin or the like, and sound is again emitted from the speaker 217 to measure the sound pressure.
  • the number of small holes with the highest sound pressure is set as the number of small holes in the actual product.
  • a step of closing a part of the small holes formed in advance so as to have the set number of small holes is added to the substrate portion 216. Thereby, the fire alarm which made the sound pressure from the speaker 217 the maximum can be manufactured.
  • the number of small holes may be adjusted individually or may be set for each production lot. In addition, you may make it form the penetration part 226 by all the same number of small holes, without performing this adjustment.
  • the speaker The sound pressure from 217 can be increased. That is, even if the diameter of the speaker 217 is reduced, a predetermined sound pressure can be achieved, so that the housing 210 can be downsized.
  • the penetrating portion 226 is formed by a plurality of small holes, the sound pressure of the speaker 217 can be maximized by adjusting the number of small holes, and the smoke detection is performed because the through holes 226 are small holes. Invasion of insects or the like into the portion 216a side can also be prevented.
  • FIG. 13 shows a front view of the substrate unit 230 used in the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-2. Since the configuration of Embodiment 2-2 is the same as that of Embodiment 2-1, except for the speaker fixing portion 231 provided on the substrate unit 230, only the speaker fixing portion 231 will be described.
  • the speaker fixing portion 231 has a rising portion 232 that rises from the substrate portion 230 on the outer peripheral portion, and an inner region thereof is a base surface portion 233 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 230.
  • a fixed locking piece portion 234 is formed on one side of the base surface portion 233.
  • Two slit portions 237 are formed on the side of the base surface portion 233 opposite to the side where the fixed locking piece portion 234 is formed.
  • the slit portions 237 reach from the end portion to a position beyond the center of the base surface portion 233.
  • the two slit portions 237 are formed so as to be parallel to each other, and are formed to have arc-shaped portions having different diameters.
  • an elastic piece 236 that is elastically deformable in the thickness direction of the substrate portion 230 is formed on the base surface portion 233.
  • a movable locking piece 235 is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 236 so as to face the fixed locking piece 234 in the diameter direction of the speaker 217.
  • the elastic piece 236 of the present embodiment 2-2 is the same as the embodiment 2-1 in that the elastic piece 236 is supported in a cantilever manner on the substrate unit 30, but the slit portion 237 forming the elastic piece 236 has one end. By reaching the position beyond the center of the base surface portion 233 from the portion, the amount of deformation of the elastic piece 236 is larger than in the case of the embodiment 2-1. Therefore, when attaching the speaker 217 to the speaker fixing portion 231, the movement locking piece 235 can be easily locked to the locking recess 217 e of the speaker 217, and the mounting work can be facilitated.
  • the slit portion 237 formed in the base surface portion 233 also functions as a through portion that communicates the back surface 217b of the speaker 217 and the space portion formed on the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210. Therefore, the effect of increasing the sound pressure from the speaker 217 can be obtained as in the case of the embodiment 2-1.
  • FIG. 14 shows a front view of the board portion 240 used in the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-3. Since the configuration of Embodiment 2-3 is the same as that of Embodiment 2-1, except for the speaker fixing portion 241 provided on the board portion 240, only the speaker fixing portion 241 will be described.
  • the speaker fixing portion 241 has a rising portion 242 that rises from the substrate portion 240 on the outer peripheral portion, and an inner region thereof is a base surface portion 243 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 240.
  • a fixed locking piece portion 244 is formed on one side of the base surface portion 243.
  • the movable locking piece portion 245 is formed in an island-like portion 246 formed by connecting the substrate portion 240 with a thin bridge portion 247.
  • the island-like portion 246 is connected to the substrate portion 240 by a small-diameter bridge portion 247, the island-like portion 246 is elastic in the planar direction with respect to the substrate portion 240, specifically, in the direction away from the opposing fixed locking piece portion 244. It is possible to move. Thereby, the movement locking piece 245 can be moved.
  • the speaker 217 is attached to the speaker fixing portion 241, the speaker 217 having one locking recess 217 e locked to the fixed locking piece 244 moves the island-shaped portion 246 by elastic deformation of the bridge portion 247. By doing so, the other locking recess 217e can be locked to the moving locking piece 245.
  • a gap portion 248 is formed between the island-like portion 246 and the substrate portion 240.
  • the gap portion 248 formed on the central position side of the base surface portion 243 of the island-shaped portion 246 is disposed in the base surface portion 243, so that it is formed on the rear surface portion 217 b of the speaker 217 and the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210. It also functions as a penetrating part that communicates with the space part. Therefore, the effect of increasing the sound pressure from the speaker 217 can be obtained as in the case of the embodiment 2-1.
  • the speaker fixing portion 220 has one fixed locking piece 223 and one moving locking piece 224, which are arranged to face each other.
  • three or more locking pieces may be disposed at a plurality of locations in the circumferential direction of the speaker 217.
  • at least one locking piece portion can be a moving locking piece portion, and the other locking piece portions can be fixed locking piece portions.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
  • the alarm device is a fire alarm device.
  • FIG. 15 the front view of the fire alarm in this Embodiment 3 is shown.
  • the fire alarm device of the third embodiment has an alarm body 301 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm.
  • the alarm device body 301 includes a housing 310 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like.
  • the housing 310 has a smoke inlet on a side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet to the inside of the housing 310, and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
  • the housing 310 has a front surface 311 facing the indoor side.
  • the front surface 311 has operation buttons 313 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 310. 314 are provided.
  • the housing 310 is provided with an opening 310a for arranging the operation button 313 and exposing it to the front side.
  • the power can be turned on by first pressing the operation button 313.
  • the fire alarm will begin to detect fire.
  • the sensor can be tested by pressing the operation button 313 at a normal time. The normal test can also be done for battery exhaustion, replacement time limit message, and speaker disconnection.
  • the alarm can be stopped by pressing the operation button 313.
  • the operation button 313 can cause the fire alarm to perform different operations according to the situation by one pressing operation.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG.
  • a battery storage portion 316 is formed in the upper portion of the back surface of the alarm device main body 301, and a battery 317 is stored therein.
  • the battery storage portion 316 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 310 is made thinner by the thickness of the lid.
  • the operation button 313 has an operation unit 320 exposed from the opening 310a of the housing 310.
  • the operation unit 320 is substantially flush with the front surface 311 of the housing 310, and can be operated so as to press the operation unit 320 toward the back side of the housing 310.
  • a switch 318 is disposed in the housing 310 so as to face the operation unit 320 of the operation button 313. When the operation button 313 is pressed, the switch 318 is pressed. When the switch 318 is pressed, the fire alarm can detect the pressing operation of the operation button 313.
  • the configuration of the operation button 313 will be described in more detail.
  • 17 is a front view of the operation button 313
  • FIG. 18 is a side view of the operation button 313
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 17, and FIG. Each perspective view is shown.
  • the operation button 313 includes a pair of outwardly extending portions 321 that are downwardly hung from a lower end portion that is one end portion of the operation portion 320 and an operation portion 320 that is formed in a substantially elliptical shape when viewed from the front. And an elastic piece 323 that hangs downward from the lower end of the operation portion 320 between the outward extension portions 321 and a rearward extension portion 325 that extends from the operation portion 320 toward the back side.
  • the two outward extending portions 321 and the rear extending portion 325 are integrated to form a substantially U-shaped cross section that opens downward.
  • Rotating shaft portions 322 projecting sideways are formed on the surface of the outward extending portion 321 that faces the outside.
  • the rotation shaft portion 322 is rotatably locked to the bearing portion 310b of the housing 310.
  • the operation button 313 can be rotated in the direction of tilting to the back side with the rotation shaft portion 322 as the center.
  • the elastic piece 323 is formed in a thin plate shape as shown in FIG. 19 and can be elastically deformed along the pressing direction of the operation unit 320.
  • a locking portion 324 that protrudes to the front side is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 323.
  • the locking portion 324 is locked to a locking receiving portion 310 c formed near the lower end of the inner surface of the housing 310. In this locked state, the elastic piece 323 is slightly biased in the direction in which the operation button 313 returns from being pressed, that is, the front side of the alarm device body 301.
  • the operation button 313 has an edge 328 around the operation unit 320.
  • the housing 310 has a step portion 310d at the edge of the opening 310a, and the edge portion 328 of the operation button 313 is in contact with the step portion 310d from the back side.
  • the edge portion 328 of the operation button 313 is in pressure contact with the step portion 310d of the housing 310. It has become. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the operation button 313 from wobbling or falling off due to unexpected force.
  • the elastic piece 323 is originally urged in the return direction of the operation button 313 as described above. However, when the operation button 313 is pressed and tilted about the rotation shaft portion 322, the locking portion 324 at the lower end is moved to the housing. Since it is locked to the body 310, it is elastically deformed so as to warp toward the back side, and the operation button 313 is urged in the return direction with a stronger force.
  • a lateral slit 326 is formed near the rear end of the rear extension 325.
  • FIG. 21 the perspective view from the back side of a fire alarm is shown. As shown in this figure, the rear extension 325 of the operation button 313 is exposed on the back side of the housing 310.
  • FIG. 22 shows an enlarged view of the vicinity of the rear extension 325 in FIG. In this figure, the state where the pulling string 330 is attached to the rearward extending portion 325 is shown.
  • the leading end of the drawstring 330 can be inserted through the slit portion 326.
  • a knot is formed at the leading end of the drawstring 330, and the width of the slit portion 326 is set to be larger than the diameter of the drawstring 330 and smaller than the diameter of the knot.
  • a knot is formed in advance at the tip of the drawstring 330, a portion on the opposite side of the tip from the knot of the drawstring 330 is inserted into the slit portion 326, and the drawstring 330 is pulled downward,
  • the pull string 330 can be easily attached to the operation button 313.
  • the slit portion 326 to which the pull string 330 is attached is formed on the rear upper side with respect to the rotation shaft portion 322. Therefore, by pulling the pull string 330 downward, the operation button 313 is centered on the rotation shaft portion 322. It can be rotated in the direction of tilting to the side.
  • the slit part 326 is formed in the vicinity of the rear end of the rear extension part 325, the width of the rear end part 325a that is a part between the slit part 326 and the rear end of the rear extension part 325 is reduced. Yes. For this reason, the rear end part 325a of the rearward extension part 325 can be deformed in a direction in which the width of the slit part 326 is increased.
  • the operation button 313 or the housing 310 may be damaged. Since the slit portion 326 can be deformed in the direction in which the width is increased, when a large downward force is applied to the drawstring 330, the knot spreads the slit portion 326 and falls off as it is. It is possible to prevent a large force from being applied to the operation unit 320.
  • the magnitude of the force with which the knot of the drawstring 330 is pulled out from the slit portion 326 can be set as appropriate according to the strength of the operation button 313 or the housing 310, but in the third embodiment, it is about 8 to 10 kg.
  • FIG. 23 shows an enlarged view of the lower portion of the housing 310 in the BB cross section of FIG.
  • a U-shaped bearing portion 310b that opens upward is formed inside the housing 310, and the rotation shaft portion 322 of the operation button 313 is accommodated in the bearing portion 310b, so that it can rotate freely. It has become.
  • FIG. 24 shows an enlarged cross-sectional view of the lower portion of the housing 310 in a state where the operation button 313 is pressed from the state of FIG. Since the operation button 313 can be rotated around the rotation shaft portion 322 positioned below, when the operation portion 320 is pressed as shown in FIG. 24, the upper side of the operation portion 320 is tilted to the back side. Then, the operation unit 320 presses the switch 318 in the housing 310. At this time, as described above, the elastic piece 323 of the operation button 313 urges the operation button 313 in its return direction by the locking portion 324 being locked to the locking receiving portion 310c of the housing 310. However, it is elastically deformed so as to further urge the operation button 313 in the returning direction from that state. Therefore, when the hand is released from the operation unit 320, the operation button 313 can return to the original position. The operation button 313 operates in the same manner when the pull string 330 is attached to the rear extension 325 and the pull string 330 is pulled.
  • the push button is configured by the casing 310 having the bearing portion 310b and the operation button 313 which is integrally formed and has the rotating shaft portion 322, thereby enabling a pressing operation and a returning operation with a simple structure. it can.
  • the number of parts is small, variations in pressing operations due to part tolerances can be suppressed.
  • the rotation shaft portion 322 serving as the rotation center of the operation button 313 is formed in the outward extending portion 321 below the operation portion 320 to be pressed, so that the pressing depth of the operation portion 320 is sufficiently increased. It can be secured.
  • the operation unit 320 has a substantially elliptical shape that is long in the vertical direction, the distance from the rotation shaft unit 322 can be increased and the pressing depth can be increased.
  • an elastic piece 323 having a locking portion 324 at the tip is formed in the lower part of the operation button 313, and the locking portion 324 is locked to the housing 310, so that when the operation portion 320 is pressed, Since the elastic piece 323 is elastically deformed and urges the operation button 313 to return to the original state, the operation button 313 can be returned when the hand is released from the operation unit 320. Further, the elastic piece 323 urges the operation button 313 in the return direction in a state where the locking portion 324 is locked to the housing 310, and the operation button 313 has an edge portion 328 on the back surface of the step 310 d of the housing 310. Since the contact is made from the side, the operation button 313 can be prevented from wobbling or coming off from the housing 310 and dropping off.
  • the position, size, and shape of the operation button 313 in the alarm device main body 301 are not limited to the third embodiment.
  • the operation button 313 has a shape that is long in the vertical direction.
  • the operation button 313 may have a shape that is long in the left-right direction, and may have a circular shape, a square shape, or the like.
  • the position of the rotation shaft portion 322 of the operation button 313 is not limited to the lower end portion, and may be the upper end portion, the left and right end portions, or the like.
  • the alarm device is a fire alarm device, but other types of alarm devices such as a gas alarm device may be used.
  • the fire alarm device includes an alarm main body 401 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm, and a mounting plate 402 that attaches the alarm main body 401 to an installation surface.
  • the alarm device body 401 has a housing 410 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like inside.
  • the casing 410 has a smoke inlet 412 on a side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet 412 to the inside of the casing 410, and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
  • the housing 410 has a front surface 411 facing the indoor side.
  • the front surface 411 has an operation button 413 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 410. 414.
  • the mounting plate 402 is provided on the back side of the alarm device body 401 and can fix the alarm device body 401.
  • the installation surface to which the mounting plate 402 is fixed is a wall surface of a house.
  • the installation surface such as the ceiling surface of the house may be another surface.
  • FIG. 26 shows a longitudinal sectional view of the fire alarm.
  • the mounting plate 402 has a screw hole portion 421, and is fixed to the installation surface by the screw 22 inserted through the screw hole portion 421.
  • the mounting plate 402 has an alarm device fixing surface portion 420 that fixes the back surface side of the alarm device body 401.
  • the alarm device body 401 is locked and fixed to the alarm device fixing surface 420.
  • the alarm device body 401 has a battery storage unit 416 at the top of the housing 410, and the battery 417 is stored in the battery storage unit 416.
  • a smoke detector 430 for detecting smoke flowing from the smoke inlet 412 is disposed inside the housing 410.
  • the smoke detecting section 430 is provided on the substrate section 432 accommodated in the housing 410, and has a smoke detecting area 431 for detecting the intruding smoke by blocking the light from the outside.
  • the smoke detection unit cover 433 is covered.
  • FIG. 27 shows a perspective view of the substrate portion 432 having the smoke detecting portion 430.
  • the substrate part 432 has a substantially circular shape with a part cut off, and is provided so that a smoke detection part cover 433 covers the center part.
  • the top surface of the smoke detector cover 433 is a circular base 440.
  • a net member 434 for preventing insects and the like from entering the smoke detection area 431 is provided on the outer peripheral surface portion of the smoke detection section cover 433.
  • a speaker housing portion 432a for housing and fixing the speaker 418 is formed on the peripheral portion of the substrate portion 432.
  • FIG. 28 shows a cross-sectional view showing the inside of the smoke detector 430.
  • a plurality of light shielding wall portions 441 are erected on the smoke detector cover 433 from the base portion 440 toward the substrate portion 432.
  • the light shielding wall portion 441 of the smoke detecting section cover 433 has a single plate shape extending in one direction, and the entire circumference of the smoke detecting area 431 is surrounded by the plurality of light shielding wall portions 441.
  • the direction in which the light shielding wall portion 441 extends is directed to both the circumferential direction and the radial direction of the smoke detection region 431.
  • a gap is provided between the light shielding walls 441 so that smoke can enter the smoke detection area 431.
  • one end 441a of the light shielding wall 441 and the other end 441b of the adjacent light shielding wall 441 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the circumferential direction.
  • An arcuate surface portion 441c that forms the outer peripheral surface of the smoke detection region 431 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the one end portion 441a of the light shielding wall portion 441.
  • the arcuate surface portion 441c forms an intermittent circumferential surface by the plurality of light shielding wall portions 441.
  • the mesh member 434 is arranged and fixed so as to form the outer peripheral surface of the smoke detecting portion cover 433.
  • the light emitting unit 435 is configured by a laser diode, an infrared LED, or the like that can emit light, and is disposed so as to be directed toward the upper center side of the smoke detection region 431.
  • the sensor unit 436 is disposed on the opposite side across the center of the smoke detection area 431 and faces the upper center side of the smoke detection area 431.
  • the sensor unit 436 includes a photodiode that can detect light incident on the detection position 436a.
  • the light from the light emitting unit 435 is emitted obliquely above the sensor unit 436, the light is not detected by the sensor unit 436 in normal times.
  • the sensor unit 436 can detect light and detect the presence of smoke.
  • the smoke detection region 431 is surrounded by a light shielding wall 441 so that light from the outside cannot enter, and the light shielding wall 441 is formed of a material that hardly reflects light. ing.
  • the light shielding wall 441 facing the light emitting unit 435 directly receives strong light from the light emitting unit 435, so that part of the light is reflected.
  • the sensor unit 436 detects the light even though no smoke is present.
  • an uneven surface portion 441d is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the light shielding wall portion 441 that receives light from the light emitting portion 435.
  • FIG. 29 shows an enlarged view of the vicinity of the smoke detection area 431 in FIG.
  • the line passing through the other end 441b of the light shielding wall 441 is located on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall 441 on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall 441. Intersects with one end 441a.
  • the broken line R ⁇ b> 1 passes through the other end 441 b of the light shielding wall 441 and extends to one end 441 a of the adjacent light shielding wall 441.
  • one of the light shielding wall portions 441 is always located on the radiation centered on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436.
  • the light shielding wall portion 441 is disposed so that light incident on the smoke detection region 431 from the outside does not directly reach the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436.
  • the light shielding wall portions 441 are arranged so as to overlap in the radial direction so that any one of the light shielding wall portions 441 is positioned on the radiation centering on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436.
  • the external light passing through the gap between the light shielding walls 441 does not directly reach the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436, and the sensor unit 436 detects only the scattered light from the light emitting unit 435.
  • the light shielding wall 441 can prevent external light from entering not only the detection position 436 a of the sensor unit 436 but also the central region of the smoke detection region 431.
  • the smoke detection region 431 when external light is incident on the region between the light emitting unit 435 and the sensor unit 436, the light is scattered by low-concentration smoke or the like, and the light is not directly incident on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436. However, since it may be incident on this indirectly and cause a malfunction, the incident of external light to the central area of the smoke detection area 431 is blocked by the light shielding wall portion 441, so that the malfunction can be prevented.
  • the light shielding wall portion 441 has a single plate shape extending in one direction, and the diameter of the smoke detecting portion cover 433 can be reduced by minimizing the overlapping of the light shielding wall portions 441 in the radial direction. it can.
  • the speaker 418 housed in the speaker storage portion 432a is indicated by a broken line, but the speaker 418 and the light shielding wall portion 441 are arranged so as not to overlap in the thickness direction of the housing 410. For this reason, the sound from the speaker 418 is not blocked by the light shielding wall 441, and the sound pressure at the time of alarm can be sufficiently secured.
  • the diameter of the smoke detector cover 433 can be reduced, the alarm device body 401 can be downsized.
  • the fifth embodiment generally relates to an alarm device that is attached to an installation surface of an installation object and has an attachment surface that faces the installation surface.
  • the “alarm device” is a device that performs an alarm, and specifically, a device that performs an alarm about a substance to be detected contained in the gas in the monitoring region. For example, a gas alarm, And a fire alarm (smoke alarm).
  • the “monitoring area” is an area to be monitored, specifically, an area where an alarm device is installed.
  • the “installation object” is an object on which the alarm device is installed, and examples thereof include a ceiling and a wall in the monitoring area.
  • the “installation surface” is a surface of an installation object on which the alarm device is installed. For example, a surface on the monitoring area side of the ceiling (that is, a lower surface of the ceiling), a surface on the monitoring area side of the wall (that is, , Interior side walls).
  • the “attachment surface” is a surface provided in the alarm device, and specifically, a surface attached to the installation surface in a state of facing the installation surface.
  • the “substance to be detected” is a substance to be detected, specifically, a substance contained in a gas, and is a concept including, for example, carbon monoxide and smoke in the gas.
  • the “substance to be detected” is “smoke”
  • the “alarm device” is a “fire alarm (smoke alarm)” that warns based on scattered light from smoke, ”Will be described as“ a room as an area in a house ”.
  • the “installation target” includes “ceiling” or “wall”, and the case where the “installation target” is “ceiling” is illustrated below. The case where “thing” is “wall” will be described as appropriate.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of the alarm device according to the fifth embodiment
  • FIG. 31 is a bottom view of the alarm device
  • FIG. 32 is a side view of the alarm device
  • FIG. FIG. 34 is a sectional view taken along arrow A
  • FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the alarm device viewed from the lower side
  • FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the alarm device viewed from the upper side.
  • the XYZ directions shown in the drawings are directions orthogonal to each other.
  • the Z direction is the vertical direction (that is, the direction in which gravity acts), and the X direction and Assuming that the Y direction is a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, for example, the Z direction is referred to as the height direction, the + Z direction is referred to as the upper side (plane), and the ⁇ Z direction is referred to as the lower side (bottom surface).
  • the following terms relating to the “XYZ directions” are convenient expressions for explaining the relative positional relationship (or direction) of each component in the illustrated alarm device 5100.
  • the direction away from the detection space 534 is referred to as “outside”
  • the direction approaching the detection space 534 is referred to as “inside”.
  • the alarm device 5100 shown in each of these figures is an alarm means for detecting and alarming smoke, which is a substance to be detected contained in the gas.
  • the installation surface 5900 which is the lower surface (that is, the ⁇ Z direction) (that is, the lower surface) or the installation surface (not shown) which is the monitoring region side surface (that is, the indoor side surface of the wall) of the monitoring region wall Specifically, it includes a mounting base 501, a case 502, a detection unit cover 503, a detection unit main body 504, and a circuit unit 50505 in FIG. 34.
  • the installation surface 5900 extends in the direction along the XY plane (that is, the horizontal direction), and the “wall installation surface” (not shown) is orthogonal to the installation surface 5900 (that is, the vertical direction). The case where it spreads to will be described. In the following, after describing the overall configuration of the alarm device 5100, the details of each configuration will be described.
  • FIG. 36 is a bottom view of the mounting base
  • FIG. 37 is a plan view of the mounting base.
  • the mounting base 501 shown in FIG. 32 is an attaching means for attaching the case 502 to the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown). Specifically, the case 502 and the installation surface 5900 or not shown. 36, the mounting hook 511 and the main body 512 shown in FIG. 36 are provided.
  • the attachment hook 511 in FIG. 36 is for attaching (that is, installing) the attachment base 501 to the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown), and specifically protrudes from the main body 512.
  • it is provided with a screw hole 5111.
  • the screw hole 5111 is a hole through which a mounting screw (not shown) for mounting the mounting base 501 is inserted. Then, the mounting screw 501 is continuously inserted into the screw hole 5111 and the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown), whereby the attachment base 501 is installed on the installation surface 5900 or the “wall installation surface” (not shown). It becomes possible to attach to.
  • (Configuration-Mounting base-Body) 36 is a main body of the mounting base 501, for example, extends in the direction along the XY plane, has a disk shape with a predetermined diameter, and is formed integrally with the mounting hook 511. More specifically, a case-side facing surface 512A and an installation surface-side facing surface 512B of FIG. 37 are provided. As shown in FIG. 32, the case-side facing surface 512A in FIG. 36 is a surface to which the case 502 is attached in a state facing the case 502, and the installation surface-side facing surface 512B is in a state facing the installation surface 5900. It is an attachment surface attached to the installation surface 5900 (that is, an attachment surface spreading in a direction along the XY plane).
  • the main body 512 includes a screw hole 5121 and an engaging portion 5122 as shown in FIG.
  • the screw hole 5121 is a hole through which a mounting screw (not shown) for attaching the mounting base 501 to the installation surface 5900 is inserted.
  • the attachment base 501 can be attached to the installation surface 5900 by continuously inserting the attachment screws through the insertion hole 121 and the installation surface 5900.
  • 32 is an attaching means to which the case 502 of FIG. 32 is attached.
  • the engaging portion 5122 is engaged with an engaging portion 5214 of a back case 521 described later in FIG.
  • the outer diameter of the main body 512 can be arbitrarily set. For example, it is assumed that the main body 512 is set to have the same size as the existing mounting base (for example, about 10 cm). explain.
  • the case 502 in FIG. 32 is a storage unit that stores the detection unit cover 503, the detection unit main body 504, and the circuit unit 505 (hereinafter referred to as a storage object) in FIG. 34, specifically, the mounting base 501.
  • a storage object the circuit unit 505 (hereinafter referred to as a storage object) in FIG. 34, specifically, the mounting base 501.
  • it is provided with a back case 521 and a front case 522 of FIG.
  • FIG. 38 is a bottom view of the back case
  • FIG. 39 is a plan view of the back case
  • FIG. 40 is a front view of the back case.
  • the back case 521 in each of these figures is a first housing means for housing “objects to be accommodated” from the mounting base 501 side (that is, the upper side (+ Z direction)), and is coupled to the front case 522.
  • a gap is formed between the front case 522 as an external inflow opening 523 described later in FIG.
  • the back case 521 is an external guiding means that guides the gas moving outside the case 502 of FIG.
  • a gas flow path is formed between the case 502 and the detection unit main body 504.
  • the back case 521 of FIGS. 38 to 40 is, for example, spread in the direction along the XY plane and has a disk shape larger in diameter than the mounting base 501 (see “Back case 521 described later”).
  • the inner case is also made of a resin that is integrally formed as a whole, and more specifically, includes a back case side facing wall 5211 and a back case side outer peripheral wall 5212.
  • the back case-side facing wall 5211 in FIG. 33 forms a portion that expands in the direction along the XY plane in the back case 521, that is, faces the mounting base 501, and the guide recess 5211a in FIG. Is provided.
  • the guiding recess 5211a is guiding means for guiding gas to the detection space 534 of FIG.
  • the back case side outer peripheral wall 5212 is a first outer wall that forms a portion (outer wall) extending in the height direction (Z direction) of the back case 521, and is outside the outer edge portion of the back case side facing wall 5211. And extends downward ( ⁇ Z direction).
  • the back case 521 of FIG. 38 is more specifically described in the component cases 5611 to 5616, the short fins 5621 to 5623, the long fins 5631 and 5632, the prevention pieces 5641 and 5642, and the ribs 5651 to 5659 (hereinafter referred to as “configuration”).
  • Product cases 5611 to 5616, short fins 5621 to 5623, long fins 5631 and 5632, prevention pieces 5641 and 5642, and ribs 5651 to 5659 ” are collectively referred to as“ inner member of the back case 521 ”).
  • the component cases 5611 to 5616 are accommodating means for accommodating components that constitute the alarm device 5100.
  • the component cases 5611 to 5616 are accommodations that divide the component accommodating space that is a space for accommodating the components.
  • the component case cases 5611 to 5616 are guide means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33, and function as the guide means. It is provided in consideration of the arrangement location of the components.
  • the short fins 5621 to 5623 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 of FIG. 33, and specifically, are projecting pieces that protrude from the component case cases 5611 to 5623 of FIG.
  • the long fins 5631 and 5632 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33. Specifically, the long fins 5631 and 5632 are pieces extending from ribs 5657 and 5659 in FIG. Is long enough.
  • prevention pieces 5541 and 5642 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33, and dust contained in the gas flowing into the inside through slits 5213a and 5213b (to be described later in FIG. 38). These are prevention means for preventing entry into the detection space 534 of FIG.
  • the ribs 5651 to 5659 in FIG. 38 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534, and are reinforcing means for reinforcing the back case 521, and between the front case 522 and the back case 521 in FIG. 32 is a position determining means for determining the relative positional relationship in the height direction (Z direction) (that is, the width of the external inflow opening 523 in FIG. 32).
  • the external inflow opening 523 and the case 502 in FIG. For example, it is provided on the back case side facing wall 5211.
  • the “width of the external inflow opening 523” indicates the distance from the upper end to the lower end of the external inflow opening 523.
  • ribs 565 when it is not necessary to distinguish the ribs 5651 to 5659 from each other, they are collectively referred to as “ribs 565” as appropriate, and details of the “inner member of the back case 521” will be described later.
  • FIG. 41 is a plan view of the front case
  • FIG. 42 is a front view of the front case.
  • the front case 522 in each of these figures accommodates the “accommodation object” from the side opposite to the mounting base 501 side (ie, the lower side (+ Z direction)) with the “accommodation object” interposed therebetween.
  • the second housing means is connected to the back case 521 to form a gap as the external inflow opening 523 in FIG.
  • the “external inflow opening” 23 is inflow means for allowing gas outside the case 502 to flow into the case 502, and in particular, gas that moves along the installation surface 5900 outside the case 502
  • This is a first inflow opening that flows into the interior of 502, and is a gap formed between the back case 521 of the case 502 and the front case 522 so as to extend in the direction along the XY plane.
  • the width of the external inflow opening 523 can be arbitrarily set in consideration of dust, ambient light, or the intrusion of the user's finger, the user's impression given by the appearance of the alarm device 5100, and the like.
  • the distance is set to 3 to 5 (mm).
  • the front case 522 is an external guiding unit that guides the gas that moves outside the case 502 of FIG. 33 (including the gas that moves along the installation surface 5900) to the inside of the case 502.
  • the front case 522 of FIGS. 41 and 42 is, for example, spread in the direction along the XY plane, has a disk shape with a larger diameter than the back case 521, and is integrally formed as a whole. More specifically, a front case side exposed wall 5221 and a front case side outer peripheral wall 5222 are provided.
  • the front case-side exposed wall 5221 forms a portion that extends in the direction along the XY plane of the front case 522, that is, is exposed so as to be mainly visually recognized by the user.
  • 33 is a second outer wall that forms a portion (outer wall) extending in the height direction (Z direction) of the front case 522, and is an outer edge of the front case side exposed wall 5221. It extends toward the upper side (+ Z direction) while spreading outward from the portion.
  • the front case 522 of FIG. 35 includes a push button 5223, a screw boss 5224, and a support portion 5225 in more detail.
  • the push button 5223 is an operating means for operating the alarm device 5100. Specifically, the push button 5223 is for pressing a switch 5555 of a circuit unit 505 described later in FIG. 34 from the outside of the front case 522.
  • the screw boss 5224 in FIG. 35 is a position that defines the relative positional relationship in the height direction (Z direction) between the front case 522 and the back case 521 (that is, the width of the external inflow opening 523 in FIG. 32).
  • 35 is a fixing means for fixing the front case 522 and the back case 521 of FIG. 35 to each other.
  • the support portion 5225 is a support means for supporting the detection portion main body 504. Specifically, a plurality of support portions 5225 are provided on the front case side outer peripheral wall 5222 side of the upper (+ Z) surface of the front case side exposed wall 5221. It is a protruding piece.
  • FIG. 43 is a bottom view of the detection unit cover
  • FIG. 44 is a front view of the detection unit cover in a state where the insect net is omitted.
  • the detection unit cover 503 in each of these drawings is for detecting smoke using scattered light.
  • the detection unit cover 503 defines the detection space 534 of FIG. (+ Z).
  • the detection part cover 503, the detection space 534, a part of the detection part main body 504, the light emission part 552 mentioned later, and the light-receiving part 553 correspond to a detection means. As shown in FIG.
  • the detection unit cover 503 has a cylindrical shape with one opening closed, and more specifically includes a ceiling plate 531, a labyrinth 532, and an insect net 533.
  • the “detection space” 534 in FIG. 33 is a space for detecting smoke.
  • 34 covers the detection space 534.
  • the ceiling plate 531 is formed in a disk shape having a smaller diameter than the case 502, and a labyrinth 532 is integrally formed on the lower surface ( ⁇ Z direction). Is formed.
  • the labyrinth 532 is a partition wall that partitions the detection space 534. Specifically, the labyrinth 532 prevents disturbance light from entering the detection space 534. For example, as shown in FIG. Are provided along the line.
  • an internal inflow opening 535 is formed between adjacent ones in the labyrinth 532.
  • the “inner inflow opening” 535 is a second inflow opening through which gas flows into the detection space 534, and is formed as a gap between the labyrinth 532.
  • the letters “a”, “b”, etc. are added after the sign “535”, for example, “535a”, “535b”, etc.
  • the description will be made using the reference numeral “535” (the same applies to the labyrinth 532).
  • the insect screen 533 is an insect control means that allows outside air to enter the detection space 534 through the small holes of the insect screen 533, while preventing insects from entering the detection space 534.
  • the labyrinth 532 is formed in an annular shape surrounding the outer periphery of the labyrinth 532, and has a large number of small holes on the side surface that are difficult for insects to enter.
  • FIG. 45 is a bottom view of the detection unit main body
  • FIG. 46 is a plan view of the detection unit main body
  • FIG. 47 is a front view of the detection unit main body.
  • the detection unit main body 504 in each of these figures is an arrangement unit that arranges the detection unit cover 503, and is a partition unit that partitions the detection space 534 together with the detection unit cover 503.
  • the detection unit main body 504 is a covering unit that covers the circuit board 551, and is a covering unit in which the detection unit cover 503 is disposed on the opposite side of the circuit board 551 with the detection unit main body 504 interposed therebetween.
  • the detection unit main body 504 extends from the detection unit cover 503 side in FIG. 33 to the external inflow opening 523 side in the direction along the XY plane, for example, as shown in FIG. 35 from the ceiling plate 531 of the detection unit cover 503. Is a slightly smaller diameter than the front case 522 and has a disk shape with a part cut away, and a part of the inner side is the lower side (the ⁇ Z direction).
  • the “detection main body side end” 5400a is an outer edge of the detection main body 504 and is an edge on the external inflow opening 523 side.
  • the detection unit main body 504 of FIG. 35 includes the flange portion 541, the inclined portion 542, the raised portion 543, the detection portion main body notch portion 544, the speaker storage portion 545, and the element cover 546 of FIGS. Is provided.
  • the flange portion 541 is a portion that extends in the direction along the XY plane closer to the outside in the detection portion main body 504 and includes a positioning recess 411.
  • the positioning recess 411 is positioning means for positioning the rib 565 of the back case 521 with respect to the detection unit main body 504.
  • a plurality of positioning recesses 411 are provided on the outer edge portion of the flange portion 541. It is recessed from the (+ Z side) to the lower side ( ⁇ Z side).
  • the inclined portion 542 is a portion continuous from the flange portion 541, and in order to provide the detection space 534 in FIG. 33 above the external inflow opening 523 (+ Z direction), the flange portion 541 (direction along the XY plane). ) With respect to the upper side (+ Z direction).
  • the raised portion 543 is a portion where the detection unit cover 503 is provided, and is located above the flange portion 541 (+ Z direction), and continuously extends from the inclined portion 542 in a direction along the XY plane. It is a part that.
  • An arrangement recess 5431 in FIG. 35 is formed on the upper surface (+ Z direction) of the raised portion 543.
  • the arrangement concave portion 5431 is a portion where the detection unit cover 503 is arranged.
  • the arrangement concave portion 5431 is a circular concave portion having a diameter corresponding to the outer diameter of the detection unit cover 503.
  • the detection unit main body cutout portion 544 is a portion cut out in a shape corresponding to the outer shape of the component case 5616 in order to provide a component case 5616 described later with respect to the alarm device 5100.
  • the speaker storage unit 545 accommodates a speaker (not shown) between the detection unit main body 504 and the front case 522, so that the speaker storage unit 545 corresponds to the outer shape of the speaker to be stored from the lower side (the ⁇ Z direction) to the upper side. It is the part which protrudes toward (+ Z direction).
  • the speaker is an output unit that outputs an alarm based on the amount of reflected light received by the light receiving unit 553.
  • the specific form of the sound output from the speaker is arbitrary, and it is possible to output a synthesized sound generated as necessary, a sound recorded in advance, an alarm sound, or the like.
  • the element cover 546 covers a light emitting unit 552 and a light receiving unit 553, which will be described later, in the circuit unit 505 from the upper side (+ Z direction), and prevents dust from accumulating on the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553.
  • the raised portion 543 is integrally formed with the arrangement concave portion 5431 near the center of the arrangement concave portion 5431. Details of the flange portion 541 and the speaker storage portion 545 will be described later.
  • FIG. 48 is a bottom view of the circuit unit
  • FIG. 49 is a plan view of the circuit unit
  • FIG. 50 is a front view of the circuit unit.
  • the circuit portion 505 in each of these figures is a circuit means for forming an electric circuit for performing an alarm. More specifically, the circuit board 551, the light emitting portion 552, the light receiving portion 553, the shield 554, the switch 555, and the power connector CN1 is provided.
  • the circuit board 551 is a mounting means on which each element of the alarm device 5100 is mounted.
  • the circuit board 551 is a board on which the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are mounted.
  • the circuit board 551 is mounted on the upper side (+ Z direction).
  • the light emitting unit 552 is mounted on the upper mounting surface of the circuit board 551 so that it can emit light toward the detection space 534 provided above the light emitting unit 552 (+ Z direction).
  • a light emitting diode for example, a light emitting diode.
  • the light receiving unit 553 is a light receiving unit that receives scattered light generated by the light emitted from the light emitting unit 552 being scattered by smoke particles.
  • the light receiving unit 553 is above the light receiving unit 553 (in the + Z direction).
  • An element mounted on the upper mounting surface of the circuit board 551 so as to receive light from the provided detection space 534, for example, a photodiode. 50 is a shielding means for electromagnetically shielding the light receiving portion 553, and is a supporting means for supporting the light receiving portion 553 with respect to the circuit board 551, specifically, the circuit board 551.
  • the conductive element mounted on the upper mounting surface of the metal for example, is formed of metal.
  • the switch 555 of FIG. 48 is an operating means for operating the alarm device 5100.
  • the switch 555 is an element mounted on the lower mounting surface of the circuit board 551, for example, a push switch.
  • the power connector CN1 in FIG. 49 is a supply means for supplying a power supply voltage to the alarm device 5100, and specifically, a power supply voltage from a battery (not shown) as a power supply.
  • the circuit board 551 is mounted on the upper mounting surface.
  • FIG. 51 is an enlarged perspective view of the detection unit main body 504.
  • the flange portion 541 is a flange for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space 534, and is a flange formed integrally with the outer edge portion of the detection portion main body 504. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33, the flange portion 541 extends to a position where it comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the front case 522, and the flange portion 541 and the outer edge of the detection unit main body 504 are connected to the front case. A gap between the inner peripheral surface of 522 is sealed.
  • the thickness, material, and the like of the flange portion 541 are arbitrary, and in the fifth embodiment, the flange portion 541 is formed of the same thickness and the same material (resin) as the other portions of the detection portion main body 504.
  • the battery holding spring 548 is a power source biasing unit for biasing and holding the power source unit that supplies power to the alarm device 5100 and is a power source biasing unit that is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, the battery holding spring 548 has a predetermined interval along the edge of the detection unit main body notch 544 on the lower surface ( ⁇ Z direction) of the detection unit main body 504. It is formed in two places. Here, the battery holding spring 548 protrudes downward ( ⁇ Z direction) from the arrangement location, and then bends outward ( ⁇ X direction) and then protrudes upward (+ Z direction).
  • the power supply unit is configured to be energized from the detection unit main body notch 544 to the outside ( ⁇ X direction).
  • the space between the base portion and the tip portion of the battery holding spring 548 will be described as “biasing space” 549 below.
  • the component case 5616 of the back case 521 is notched downward ( ⁇ Z direction) at a position corresponding to the battery holding spring 548 described above.
  • Two component case cutouts 5617 are provided.
  • the component case notch 5617 is not provided through the height direction (Z direction), and is a notch about half the height of the component case 5616. Note that a portion above the component case notch 5617 (+ Z direction) in the component case 5616 is referred to as a “stopper portion” 5618 below.
  • the battery holding spring 548 is inserted into the component case notch 5617, and the stopper portion 5618 is interposed in the biasing space 549 of the battery holding spring 548. To do. Since the stopper portion 5618 is interposed in the biasing space 549 in this way, the inward direction (+ X direction) of the battery holding spring 548 is restricted by the stopper portion 5618. Therefore, the battery holding spring is stored when the battery is stored. It can be prevented that 548 is plastically deformed due to excessive bending.
  • the battery holding spring 548 is not provided in the back case 521 integrally with the stopper portion 5618 but is provided in the detection portion main body 504 configured to be separated from the back case 521. Therefore, compared to the case where the battery holding spring 548 is provided in the component case 5616 of the back case 521, the tip position (position of the ⁇ X direction end) of the battery holding spring 548 can be suppressed to the inside (+ X direction).
  • the component case 5616 can be downsized. In this manner, the component case 5616, which is a component that hinders the airflow into the detection space 534, can be miniaturized, so that the inflow of airflow into the detection space 534 can be increased and the detection accuracy can be improved.
  • the battery holding spring 548 is formed in the case 502. Appearance defects associated with deformation based on the stress can be prevented.
  • the speaker storage unit 545 is a storage unit that stores a speaker that outputs an alarm, and is a storage unit that is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504.
  • the speaker housing portion 545 is a plate-like member that protrudes downward ( ⁇ Z direction) and is formed at a position corresponding to the speaker in the detection unit main body 504, and has a circular inner diameter that is slightly larger than the outer shape of the speaker.
  • An annular member is arbitrary as long as it is at least large enough to accommodate a speaker. For example, a gap of several millimeters is formed between the outer periphery of the speaker and the inner periphery of the speaker storage portion 545.
  • the size may be as large as possible.
  • a plurality of speaker holes are formed at the position where the speaker storage unit 545 is formed in the detection unit main body 504, as shown in FIG. 50, and an alarm sound emitted from the speaker is transmitted through the speaker hole. Thus, it also flows upward (in the + Z direction).
  • FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 32
  • FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC in FIG.
  • a light emitting depression 5432, a light receiving depression 5433, A groove portion 5434 and an outer edge wall 5435 are provided, and as shown in FIG.
  • the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 is illustrated by a one-dot chain line
  • the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553 is illustrated by a two-dot chain line.
  • the light emission recess portion 5432 is a detection accuracy decrease suppression unit that suppresses a decrease in detection accuracy due to dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light emission portion 552.
  • the light emitting depression 5432 is a depression formed integrally with the arrangement recess 5431 at a position closer to the light emission part 552 than the center of the arrangement depression 5431, and the specific shape is arbitrary.
  • a hollow having a trapezoidal cross-sectional view whose outermost surface is an inclined surface is presented.
  • a light emitting hole 5436 penetrating the detection unit main body 504 is formed in the slope portion.
  • the light emitting hole 5436 is a hole for introducing light from the light emitting unit 552 through the detection unit main body 504 to the detection space 534. Specifically, it is a hole provided on the optical axis of the light-emitting portion 552 in the light-emitting depression portion 5432 and is formed so as to penetrate the slope of the light-emitting depression portion 5432.
  • the size and shape of the diameter of the light emitting hole 5436 are arbitrary as long as the light from the light emitting unit 552 can be introduced into the detection space 534. For example, experiments and analyzes are performed based on the projection angle, the amount of light, and the like of the light from the light emitting unit 552. An appropriate size and shape can be determined by such as.
  • the light emitting depression 5432 is provided in this way, and the inner side (right side in FIG. 53) of the light emitting hole 5436 is recessed, so that dust is deposited on the bottom surface of the light emitting depression 5432. Even if some accumulation occurs, the accumulated dust does not lie on the optical axis until the accumulated dust reaches the height of the light emitting hole 5436. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552.
  • the depth of the light emitting depression 5432 is preferably as deep as possible in order to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to accumulation of dust.
  • the light emitting depression 5432 is shallow, only a slight accumulation of dust on the bottom surface of the light emitting depression 5432 causes the dust to be positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting portion 552, and the light is reflected by the dust.
  • smoke may be erroneously detected, such a situation can be prevented by deepening the light emitting depression 5432 so that a large amount of dust can be accumulated.
  • the depth is too deep, the entire thickness of the detection unit main body 504 is increased, and as a result, the entire alarm device 5100 is increased in size.
  • the hollow about 3 mm deep is exhibited.
  • the light receiving dent 5433 is a detection accuracy lowering suppression unit that suppresses a decrease in detection accuracy due to dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553.
  • the light receiving depression 5433 is a depression formed integrally with the arrangement concave portion 5431 at a position closer to the light receiving portion 553 than the center of the arrangement concave portion 5431, and the specific shape is arbitrary.
  • a hollow having a trapezoidal cross-sectional view in which the outermost surface is an inclined surface is presented.
  • a light receiving hole 5437 is formed in the slope portion.
  • the light receiving hole 5437 is a hole for introducing light from the detection space 534 through the detection unit main body 504 to the light receiving unit 553. Specifically, it is a hole provided on the optical axis of the light receiving part 553 in the light receiving hollow part 5433, and is formed so as to penetrate the slope of the light receiving hollow part 5433.
  • the diameter and shape of the light receiving hole 5437 are arbitrary as long as light can be introduced into the light receiving portion 553.
  • a lens portion provided on the surface of the light receiving portion 553 on the detection space 534 side and having a light collecting function. You may form with the same magnitude
  • the light receiving depression 5433 is provided in this way, and the inner side of the light receiving hole 5437 (left side in FIG. 53) is depressed, so that dust is deposited on the bottom surface of the light receiving depression 5433. Even if some accumulation occurs, the accumulated dust does not lie on the optical axis until the height of the light receiving hole 5437 is reached. For this reason, it is possible to suppress a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553.
  • the depth of the light receiving depression 5433 is preferably as deep as possible in order to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to accumulation of dust, like the light emitting depression 5432 described above.
  • the hollow about 3 mm deep is exhibited.
  • the groove portion 5434 is a groove portion 5434 formed around the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437 on the surface of the detection unit main body 504 facing the detection space 534, and is a groove recessed toward the opposite side of the detection space 534. is there.
  • the groove portion 5434 is a groove that is formed integrally with the placement recess portion 5431 so as to cover the periphery of the light emission recess portion 5432 and the light reception recess portion 5433, and is further formed than the placement recess portion 5431. This is a portion that is lowered by one step toward the side opposite to the detection space 534 (that is, the lower side).
  • the depth of the groove 5434 is arbitrary, but may be, for example, a depth of about 1 mm to 2 mm.
  • the outer edge wall 5435 is a wall portion raised from the detection unit main body 504 toward the detection space 534 around the light emission depression 5432 and the light reception depression 5433 on the surface of the detection main body 504 on the detection space 534 side. .
  • the outer edge wall 5435 is a resin wall provided on the surface of the groove 5434, and extends along the outer edge of the light emitting depression 5432 and the light receiving depression 5433 on the attachment surface side (that is, the upper surface side). It is a formed wall.
  • the thickness of the outer edge wall 5435 is arbitrary as long as sufficient strength can be maintained.
  • a plate-like body having a thickness of about 1 mm is presented.
  • the height of the outer edge wall 5435 is arbitrary as long as it does not interfere with the optical axis.
  • the outer edge wall 5435 is formed to have a uniform height of about 1.5 mm. It may be formed.
  • the outer edge wall 5435 By providing the outer edge wall 5435 in this manner, the outer edge wall 5435 is positioned between the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 as shown in FIG. 53, and therefore the light is received by the light receiving portion 553 directly without passing through the detection space 534. Can be prevented and erroneous detection can be prevented. Further, the outer edge wall 5435 can prevent the dust accumulated in the groove portion 5434 from dropping to the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 through the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, and the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553. It is possible to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to the accumulation of dust on the surface.
  • dust accumulated in the groove portion 5434 can be prevented from dropping and accumulating from the groove portion 5434 to the bottom surface of the light emitting depression portion 5432 and the bottom surface of the light receiving depression portion 5433. It is possible to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust accumulated on the bottom surface of the light being positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553.
  • the light shielding frame portion 5438 is light shielding means formed around the light emitting hole 5436 or the light receiving hole 5437 on the surface of the detection unit main body 504 facing the circuit board 551, and is disposed so as to be raised toward the substrate.
  • the light shielding frame portion 5438 is a frame-like body having a lower surface as an open surface, and is formed so as to protrude downward from the lower surface (surface in the ⁇ Z direction) of the detection portion main body 504.
  • the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 attached to the circuit board 551 are accommodated in the light shielding frame unit 5438, and the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 552 are received. It arrange
  • the light receiving unit 553 detects the light from the light emitting unit 552 without going through the detection space 534 (that is, around the detection unit main body 504).
  • the light can be prevented from reaching, and the light can be transmitted to the correct route (the light from the light emitting unit 552 reaches the light receiving unit 553 sequentially through the light emitting hole 5436, the detection space 534, and the light receiving hole 5437). False detection can be prevented.
  • the light shielding frame portion 5438 has a shape that covers both the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and may have a shape that covers only one of them.
  • FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the circuit board 551.
  • the circuit board 551 generally includes a light emitting unit 552, a light receiving unit 553, a shield 554, and a substrate hole 556.
  • the light emitting unit 552 is a light emitting means (light emission side detection means) that emits light to the detection space 534, and is a light projecting means that projects light in a direction toward the mounting surface of the alarm device 5100. It is formed as a light emitting diode, and is mounted on the circuit board 551 in a state where two connection lines (legs) are bent at a predetermined angle, thereby determining an optical axis at a predetermined angle.
  • the light receiving unit 553 is a light receiving unit that receives reflected light of the light projected from the light emitting unit 552 to the detection space 534, and whether or not a substance to be detected is included based on the amount of light received.
  • This is a light receiving means (light receiving side detecting means) for detecting the above, and is formed as a known photodiode and is integrally formed with the shield 554.
  • the shield 554 is noise prevention means for preventing noise to the light receiving unit 553, and is formed integrally with the light receiving unit 553 so that the light receiving unit 553 is directed in a predetermined direction. This is a noise prevention means for determining the axis.
  • the shield 554 is disposed on the upper surface (+ Z direction) of the circuit board 551 so as to face the light emitting unit 552.
  • the bottom surface of the shield 554 is parallel to the circuit board 551, and the shield A surface on the side facing the light emitting unit 552 in 554 is an inclined surface (surface on which the light receiving unit 553 is mounted) inclined by a predetermined angle from the vertical, and the bottom surface and the inclined surface form an acute angle. That is, when the shield 554 is mounted on the circuit board 551, the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553 is determined by the shape of the shield 554.
  • the substrate hole 556 is a hole provided at a position corresponding to the bent portion of the light emitting unit 552, and an optical axis adjustment pin 5701 for determining the mounting angle of the light emitting unit 552 with respect to the circuit board 551 is inserted. It is a possible hole. Specifically, the substrate hole 556 is a hole formed on the light receiving unit 553 side from the attachment position of the connection line of the light emitting unit 552, and the shape and diameter of the hole is as long as the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 can be inserted. Although it is optional, the fifth embodiment is a circular hole having a diameter of about 5 mm.
  • the “optical axis adjusting pin” 5701 is an angle determining instrument used when determining the mounting angle of the light emitting unit 552 with respect to the circuit board 551, and is a concept including, for example, an arbitrary bar-shaped jig. Since the surface of the light emitting portion 552 facing the substrate hole 556 is a curved surface, the tip of the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is a concave surface corresponding to the curved surface so that the light emitting portion 552 can be easily held. Is preferred.
  • a closing protrusion 5226 protruding upward (+ Z direction) is formed on the upper surface (the surface on the + Z direction side) of the front case 522.
  • the closing protrusion 5226 is a closing unit that closes the substrate hole 556 in a state where the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the detection unit main body 504 are accommodated, and is a supporting unit that can support the light emitting unit 552.
  • the closing protrusion 5226 is provided at a position corresponding to the board hole 556 of the circuit board 551 in the front case 522 (a position directly below the board hole 556 ( ⁇ Z direction)). It is a protrusion which has a diameter which can be inserted in to.
  • “insertable” means that the outer diameter is smaller than the inner diameter of the substrate hole 556, but the outer diameter is preferably close to the inner diameter of the substrate hole 556.
  • the height of the closing projection 5226 (the length in the Z direction) is at least long enough to allow the end of the closing projection 5226 to be inserted into the board hole 556 when the circuit board 551 is installed in the front case 522. Although it is arbitrary as long as it has, it is more preferable if it is the length which can support the light emission part 552. “Supporting the light emitting unit 552” indicates that supporting the light emitting unit 552 can prevent the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 from being bent when an impact or the like is applied to the light emitting unit 552.
  • the front end of the blocking projection 5226 interferes with the light emitting unit 552, so that the light emitting unit 552 is fixedly supported, or the front end of the closing projection 5226 does not interfere with the light emitting unit 552, and the light emitting unit 552 This includes preventing the light-emitting portion 552 from bending beyond the allowable range by being positioned slightly below ( ⁇ Z direction).
  • the tip shape of the blocking protrusion 5226 is arbitrary, and may have a concave shape corresponding to the curved surface shape so as to easily support the light emitting portion 552 having a curved shape, for example.
  • FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the circuit board 551 and the mounting jig 5700.
  • the mounting jig 5700 includes a base 5710 and an upper lid 5720, and is configured such that a circuit board 551 can be interposed between the base 5710 and the upper lid 5720.
  • the base 5710 includes a light emitting portion pocket 5711 and a light receiving portion pocket 5712.
  • the light emitting portion pocket 5711 is a recess having a size and shape that can accommodate the light emitting portion 552.
  • the positional relationship between the light emitting portion 552 and the circuit board 551 is as follows.
  • the positional relationship when the light emitting unit 552 is finally mounted on the circuit board 551 is obtained.
  • the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light emitting unit pocket 5711 has an inclined shape with an angle corresponding to the bending angle of the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 (an angle parallel to the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552). .
  • the reason for having such a slope shape will be described later.
  • the light receiving portion pocket 5712 is a recess having a size and shape that can accommodate the shield 554 in which the light receiving portion 553 is integrally formed.
  • the positional relationship between the light receiving unit 553 and the circuit board 551 is the positional relationship when the light receiving unit 553 is finally mounted on the circuit board 551.
  • the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light receiving portion pocket 5712 has an inclined surface shape having an angle corresponding to the inclination angle of the shield 554. The reason for having such a slope shape will be described later.
  • the light receiving portion 553 is pressed against the circuit board 551.
  • the base 5710 is provided with an urging hole 5716, and a sliding member 5713 is slidably stored in the urging hole 5716.
  • the light receiving portion pocket 5712 includes the sliding member 5712. It is formed at the ⁇ Z direction end of 5713.
  • a spring 5714 is disposed on the bottom surface (+ Z direction end surface) of the urging hole 5716 to urge the slide member 5713 in the direction toward the circuit board 551 ( ⁇ Z direction).
  • the light receiving part 553 accommodated in the part pocket 5712 is pressed against the circuit board 551.
  • the specific method of pressing the light receiving portion 553 against the circuit board 551 is not limited to this, and for example, an elastic member such as rubber may be applied instead of the spring 5714 described above.
  • the upper lid 5720 is attached to the base 5710 so as to be rotatable about one end as a base point.
  • an exposure hole 5721 having a planar shape slightly smaller than the circuit board 551 is provided in the center portion of the upper cover 5720 in plan view.
  • the circuit board is interposed through the exposure hole 5721.
  • the vicinity of the center of 551 (the portion including the light emitting portion pocket 5711 and the light receiving portion pocket 5712 described above) is exposed to the outside (see FIG. 59 and the like described later), and the outer edge portion of the circuit board 551 is held down and fixed by the upper lid 5720. .
  • FIG. 56 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 in the initial state. In this state, the upper lid 5720 is open.
  • FIG. 57 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 in a state where the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the shield 554 are arranged on the mounting jig 5700.
  • the light emitting unit 552 is accommodated in the light emitting unit pocket 5711
  • the shield 554 (the shield 554 in which the light receiving unit 553 is integrally formed) is accommodated in the light receiving unit pocket 5712.
  • the light emitting unit 552 is accommodated in advance in a state where the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 is bent at a predetermined angle using another known jig (forming jig or the like).
  • the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light emitting portion pocket 5711 has a slope shape, and when the light emitting portion 552 is accommodated, the light emitting portion 552 is arranged at a predetermined angle. Since the angle of the slope of the bottom surface (+ Z direction end face) corresponds to the bending angle of the connection line, the connection line of the light emitting part 552 is arranged along the vertical direction in a state where the light emitting part 552 is accommodated.
  • the + Z direction end portion of the shield 554 has a slope shape as described above, and the bottom surface (+ Z direction end surface) of the light receiving portion pocket 5712 has a slope shape corresponding to this shape, so that the shield 554 is accommodated.
  • the end face (end face in the ⁇ Z direction) of the shield 554 on the circuit board 551 side becomes horizontal so as to follow the circuit board 551.
  • FIG. 58 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 with the circuit board 551 mounted thereon.
  • a positioning protrusion 5715 is formed on the mounting jig 5700, and the circuit board 551 is placed so that the positioning protrusion 5715 penetrates the positioning hole 557 formed in the circuit board 551.
  • the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552, the shield 554, and the light receiving unit 553 are inserted into the through holes provided in the circuit board 551.
  • FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing a mounting jig 5700 in which the upper lid 5720 is closed.
  • the upper lid 5720 may be held down with a known pin or the like.
  • the light emitting portion 552, the light receiving portion 553, and the shield 554 are electrically mounted on the circuit board 551 (the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 attached to the circuit board 551 in the attaching step). Is mounted on the circuit board 551 while maintaining a predetermined angle (an angle at the time of attachment)). As shown in the drawing, a part of the circuit board 551 is exposed through the exposure hole 5721 of the upper lid 5720, so that the circuit board 551 can be soldered directly even when the upper lid 5720 is closed. Specifically, first, an optical axis adjustment pin 5701 (see FIG.
  • the connection line of the light emitting portion 552 protruding from the through hole of the circuit board 551 is soldered to the circuit board 551 for mounting.
  • the light emitting unit 552 is held in the light emitting unit pocket 5711 obliquely by the force pressed by the optical axis adjusting pin 5701, whereby the installation position and the angle are uniquely determined.
  • the connection line of the light receiving portion 553 protruding from the through hole of the circuit board 551 is soldered to the circuit board 551 and mounted.
  • the light receiving unit 553 is uniquely determined with respect to the circuit board 551 by being pressed against the circuit board 551 by the biasing force in the ⁇ Z direction as described above.
  • the alarm device 5100 can be manufactured by housing each part between the case 502 and the means installation step (see FIG. 35, etc.).
  • the detection unit main body 504 since the detection unit main body 504 does not interfere with the circuit board 551, the light emitting unit 552, and the light receiving unit 553, the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are set in the detection unit main body 504. Then, the work of covering the detection unit main body 504 with the circuit board 551 and simultaneously inserting the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 into the through holes of the circuit board 551 can be omitted, and the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are mounted.
  • the operation can be simplified, and it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 in the detection unit main body 504, and the mechanism of the detection unit main body 504 is simplified to increase the productivity of the alarm device 5100. It becomes possible to improve.
  • the detection means includes the light receiving portion 553 and the shield 554 is formed integrally with the light receiving portion 553, the mounting work of the light receiving portion 553 and the shield 554 can be simplified, and the light receiving portion is attached to the detection portion main body 504. It is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching 553 and the shield 554 to the detection unit main body 504, and the mechanism of the detection unit main body 504 can be simplified to improve the productivity of the alarm device 5100.
  • the flange portion 541 for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space 534 is provided at the outer edge of the detection unit main body 504, the amount of gas inflow into the detection space 534 can be increased, and the detection accuracy can be improved. It becomes possible.
  • the battery holding spring 548 to which the stress from the power supply unit always acts is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504 that cannot be visually recognized from the outside, it is compared with the case where it is provided in a mechanism that can be visually recognized from the outside such as the case 502. Therefore, the deformation due to the stress becomes inconspicuous and appearance defects can be prevented.
  • the speaker housing portion 545 for housing the speaker connected to the circuit board 551 is formed integrally with the detection portion main body 504, output means can be arranged on the same surface side as the circuit board 551 in the detection portion main body 504. Connection to the circuit board 551 can be simplified and the productivity of the alarm device 5100 can be improved.
  • the circuit board 551 is provided with the board hole 556 into which the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 can be inserted, the mounting angle of the light emitting part 552 can be adjusted by an extremely easy method of inserting the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 and suppressing the light emitting part 552. This can be easily determined, and the productivity of the alarm device 5100 can be improved.
  • the case 502 since the case 502 includes the closing protrusion 5226 that closes the substrate hole 556, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection due to the light of the light emitting portion 552 going around the substrate hole 556 and being received by the light receiving portion 553. Detection accuracy can be improved.
  • the closing protrusion 5226 can support the light emitting unit 552, when an external force is applied to the light emitting unit 552 for some reason, the angle of the light emitting unit 552 changes and the detection accuracy decreases. It becomes possible to prevent.
  • the detection unit main body 504 since the detection unit main body 504 includes the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, the detection unit main body 504 covers the circuit board 551 and suppresses the accumulation of dust on the circuit board 551, and the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole.
  • the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 can be prevented from being obstructed by 5437.
  • the groove portion 5434 that is recessed toward the opposite side of the detection space 534 is provided around the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, dust is accumulated on the detection portion main body 504 by accumulating dust in the groove portion 5434. Accumulation can be prevented, and dust accumulated around the light emitting hole 5436 or the light receiving hole 5437 in the detection unit main body 504 is positioned on the light emitting axis or the light receiving axis, and the detection accuracy decreases. Can be prevented.
  • the light-emitting portion 552 is arranged so as to rise around the light-emitting hole 5436 or the light-receiving hole 5437 and includes the light-shielding frame portion 435 that covers the periphery of the light-emitting portion 552 or the light-receiving portion 553, so
  • the detection unit main body 504 is installed after the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are attached to the circuit board 551 and electrically mounted, the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are set in the detection unit main body 504. From this, it is possible to omit the work of covering the detection unit main body 504 with the circuit board 551 and simultaneously inserting the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 into the through holes of the circuit board 551, and mounting the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553.
  • the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is inserted into the substrate hole 556 to fix the light emitting unit 552, and soldering is performed in the fixed state, and then the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is removed.
  • the optical axis adjusting pin 5701 may be bonded to the circuit board 551 by a known method.
  • the mounting jig 5700 has a structure in which the upper cover 5720 is rotatably attached to the base 5710 and the circuit board 551 is sandwiched between the base 5710 and the upper cover 5720, but the circuit board 551 can be fixed.
  • the upper lid 5720 may be omitted, and a member (for example, a hook or the like) that can fix the circuit board 551 to the base 5710 may be provided, or the circuit board 551 may be mounted on the base 5710.
  • the circuit board 551 may be fitted into the base 5710 and fixed with screws or bolts.
  • Embodiment 1 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Alarm body 2 Mounting plate 10 Case 11 Front surface 12 Smoke inlet 13 Operation button 14 Sound hole 15 Mounting plate fixing

Abstract

[Problem] To provide an equipment-mounting structure and a mounting plate with which it is possible to prevent a screw for securing the mounting plate from affecting the equipment body. [Solution] The equipment body 1 is mounted on an installation surface using a mounting plate 2. The mounting plate 2 has a screw hole 22 through which a screw 30 for securing the mounting plate 2 to the installation surface is inserted. A riser 23 that is at least as high as the head part 31 of the screw 30 is formed around the screw hole 22. 

Description

機器取付構造及びその取付板、警報器、火災警報器、警報装置及びその製造方法Equipment mounting structure and its mounting plate, alarm device, fire alarm device, alarm device and manufacturing method thereof
 本発明は、建物の壁面または天井面に対し取付けられる機器取付構造及びその取付板、火災などの異常を検出して警報を発する警報器、火災警報器、並びに、警報装置及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a device mounting structure that is mounted on a wall surface or a ceiling surface of a building and its mounting plate, an alarm device that detects an abnormality such as a fire, a fire alarm device, an alarm device, and a manufacturing method thereof.
  本出願は、2015年10月28日付け出願の日本特許出願である特願2015-211508号、2015年11月17日付け出願の日本特許出願である特願2015-224619号、2015年11月2日付け出願の日本特許出願である特願2015-215527号、2015年12月1日付け出願の日本特許出願である特願2015-234562、及び2016年4月22日付け出願の日本特許出願である特願2016-086052の利益を主張するものであり、全体の参照により本明細書に組み込まれる。 This application is Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-21508 which is a Japanese patent application filed on October 28, 2015, Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-224619 which is a Japanese patent application filed on November 17, 2015, November 2015 Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-215527, a Japanese patent application filed on 2 days, Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-234562, a Japanese patent application filed on December 1, 2015, and Japanese Patent Application filed on April 22, 2016 Claims the benefit of Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-086052, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
 建物の壁面または天井面などの設置面に取付けられる機器にあっては、機器本体が取付板により固定される場合がある。このような機器として、例えば火災警報器やガス警報器がある。火災警報器は、火災によって生じた煙または熱、あるいは火炎をセンサーにより検出し、火災を検出したら音声や光などによる警報を発する。 In the case of equipment that is installed on a building surface such as a building wall or ceiling, the equipment body may be fixed by a mounting plate. Examples of such devices include fire alarms and gas alarms. The fire alarm detects smoke, heat, or flame generated by a fire with a sensor, and emits an alarm by sound or light when a fire is detected.
 取付板は、一方の面が建物の設置面に対して当接し、固定される面となり、他方の面が機器本体を固定可能な面となる。機器本体を設置面に取付ける際には、まず、取付板を設置面に対しネジ止め固定し、固定された取付板に対して機器本体が取付固定される。取付板と機器本体からなる機器取付構造としては、例えば特許文献1に挙げるようなものがある。 The mounting plate has one surface that comes into contact with the installation surface of the building and is fixed, and the other surface is a surface that can fix the device body. When the device main body is attached to the installation surface, first, the attachment plate is fixed to the installation surface with screws, and the device main body is attached and fixed to the fixed attachment plate. As a device mounting structure including a mounting plate and a device main body, for example, there is one as described in Patent Document 1.
 火災警報器の筐体内には、音声を発するためのスピーカーが設けられる。スピーカーからは、火災が検出された際の警報などが発せられる。スピーカーは、筐体内に固定されており、筐体の前面部には、スピーカーと対向する位置に音響孔が形成される。スピーカーからの音声は、音響孔を経て筐体の前面側に伝播される。このような火災警報器としては、例えば特許文献2に挙げるようなものがある。 ス ピ ー カ ー A speaker for sounding is provided in the fire alarm housing. The speaker issues an alarm when a fire is detected. The speaker is fixed in the casing, and an acoustic hole is formed in the front portion of the casing at a position facing the speaker. The sound from the speaker is propagated to the front side of the housing through the acoustic hole. As such a fire alarm device, for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 2.
 主に住宅に設置される火災警報器にあっては、最初の電源投入や、定期的に行う動作テスト、あるいは発報時の警報停止といった操作を簡単に行うため、筐体の主に前面に操作ボタンが設けられる。操作ボタンを押圧操作することで、火災警報器内部の押し釦スイッチを押圧することができ、各種操作を行うことができる。また、操作ボタンには、引き紐の取付部が設けられることがある。火災警報器が高所に設けられる場合などには、引き紐を操作ボタンに取付けることで、引き紐を引くことで操作ボタンの操作を行うことができる。このような操作ボタンを備えた火災警報器としては、例えば特許文献3に挙げるようなものがある。 Mainly on the front of the housing, fire alarms are mainly installed on the front of the housing in order to easily perform operations such as first power-on, periodic operation test, and alarm stop when alarming. An operation button is provided. By pressing the operation button, the push button switch inside the fire alarm can be pressed, and various operations can be performed. The operation button may be provided with a pull string attachment portion. When the fire alarm is provided at a high place, the operation button can be operated by pulling the pull string by attaching the pull string to the operation button. As a fire alarm provided with such an operation button, for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 3.
 火災警報器は、建物の壁面または天井面などの設置面に取付けられ、火災によって生じた煙をセンサー部により検出し、火災を検出したら音声や光などによる警報を発する。火災警報器における煙の検出は、発光部と受光部とを有する検煙部によってなされる。受光部は、検煙部内において発光部からの光が直接入射しないように配置される。煙が検煙部内に侵入した場合には、発光部からの光の一部が煙によって散乱し、この散乱光を受光部で受光することにより、煙の存在を検出することができる。検煙部は上述のような原理で煙を検出するため、検煙部に外部からの光が入らないようにする必要がある。このため、検煙部の領域を覆うように検煙部カバーが設けられる。検煙部カバーは、基部から立ち上がる壁部が、周方向に沿って複数設けられている。この壁部によって、外部からの光を遮光し、受光部に入射することを防止している。このような検煙部カバーを有する火災警報器としては、例えば特許文献4に挙げるようなものがある。 The fire alarm is attached to the installation surface such as the wall or ceiling of the building, detects smoke generated by the fire with the sensor unit, and emits an alarm by sound or light when a fire is detected. Smoke detection in the fire alarm is performed by a smoke detector having a light emitting part and a light receiving part. The light receiving unit is arranged so that light from the light emitting unit does not directly enter the smoke detecting unit. When smoke enters the smoke detector, a part of the light from the light emitting part is scattered by the smoke, and the presence of the smoke can be detected by receiving the scattered light at the light receiving part. Since the smoke detector detects smoke on the principle described above, it is necessary to prevent light from the outside from entering the smoke detector. For this reason, a smoke detector cover is provided so as to cover the area of the smoke detector. The smoke detection unit cover is provided with a plurality of wall portions rising from the base portion along the circumferential direction. By this wall portion, light from the outside is shielded and prevented from entering the light receiving portion. As a fire alarm device having such a smoke detection unit cover, for example, there is one disclosed in Patent Document 4.
 また従来、監視領域の設置面に設置されて、当該監視領域内の煙を検知して警報を行う光電式煙感知器が提案されている(例えば、特許文献5)。このような従来の光電式煙感知器は、概略的に、発光素子、受光素子、受光レンズ、検出部本体、及び検煙部を備え、発光素子から、検出部本体と検煙部とによって区画される検出空間に発光された光に基づく検煙部内の散乱光を受光レンズが集光し、集光した光を受光素子が受光し、この受光素子における受光の光量等に基づいて、検出空間に流入した煙を検知して警報を行っていた。ここで、このような光電式煙感知器を組み立てる際には、まず発光素子と受光素子を、検出部本体に設けられた取付用の機構(発光素子及び受光素子に対応する形状の穴部等)に対してセットして発光素子と受光素子の光軸を確定し、この状態で発光素子と受光素子の接続線(足)を基板のスルーホールに挿通した後に、接続線を基板にハンダ付けして実装していた。 Conventionally, a photoelectric smoke detector that is installed on the installation surface of the monitoring area and detects an alarm by detecting the smoke in the monitoring area has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 5). Such a conventional photoelectric smoke detector generally includes a light emitting element, a light receiving element, a light receiving lens, a detection unit main body, and a smoke detection unit, and is partitioned from the light emitting element by a detection unit main body and a smoke detection unit. The light receiving lens condenses the scattered light in the smoke detector based on the light emitted in the detection space, and the light receiving element receives the collected light. Based on the amount of light received by the light receiving element, the detection space Detected the smoke that flowed into the water and gave an alarm. Here, when assembling such a photoelectric smoke detector, first, a light emitting element and a light receiving element are attached to a mechanism for mounting provided in the main body of the detection unit (such as a hole having a shape corresponding to the light emitting element and the light receiving element). ) To determine the optical axis of the light emitting element and the light receiving element, and in this state, insert the connection line (foot) of the light emitting element and the light receiving element into the through hole of the board, and then solder the connection line to the board And implemented it.
特開2007-47896号公報JP 2007-47896 A 特開2012-14742号公報JP 2012-14742 A 特開2007-122414号公報JP 2007-122414 A 特開2011-248545号公報JP2011-248545A 特開2010-39935号公報JP 2010-39935 A
 取付板を設置面に対しネジ止めすると、取付板の前面側、すなわち機器本体の取付側に、ネジの頭部が露出する。機器本体を取付板に対し取付ける際に、ネジの頭部が機器本体に当たってしまうと、機器本体に損傷を与える可能性がある。例えば、電池が搭載される機器本体において、ネジの頭部が電池に衝突することで、電池を損傷させる可能性がある。また、それ以外にも、機器本体が有する配線等をネジの頭部が損傷させる可能性もある。特に、機器本体を薄型化した場合、機器本体に空間的な余裕が小さくなるため、取付板から露出するネジの頭部が、機器本体に影響を与える可能性が高くなる。 When the mounting plate is screwed to the installation surface, the head of the screw is exposed on the front side of the mounting plate, that is, on the mounting side of the device body. When the device main body is attached to the mounting plate, if the head of the screw hits the device main body, the device main body may be damaged. For example, in a device main body on which a battery is mounted, there is a possibility that the head of the screw collides with the battery, thereby damaging the battery. In addition, there is a possibility that the head of the screw may damage the wiring etc. of the device main body. In particular, when the device main body is thinned, a space margin is reduced in the device main body, so that the head of the screw exposed from the mounting plate is likely to affect the device main body.
 火災警報器においては、スピーカーからの音声レベルが、所定以上であることが求められる。すなわち、スピーカーの音圧が所定以上でなければならないが、筐体の小型化に伴い、搭載できるスピーカーの径が限られる。このため、スピーカーの径をそのままに、音圧をより大きくすることが望まれている。 In the fire alarm, the sound level from the speaker is required to be higher than a predetermined level. That is, the sound pressure of the speaker must be equal to or higher than a predetermined value, but the diameter of the speaker that can be mounted is limited as the housing is downsized. For this reason, it is desired to increase the sound pressure while keeping the diameter of the speaker as it is.
 操作ボタンを操作しやすくするためには、操作ボタンを大型化することが望ましい。しかし、操作ボタンを大型化すると、押圧動作及び元の位置への復帰動作のための構造が複雑になり、操作ボタンの部品点数が増加したり、あるいは操作ボタンの形状そのものが複雑化することとなっていた。操作ボタンの構造が複雑化することで、部品公差による押圧操作のばらつきが生じることもあった。 It is desirable to increase the size of the operation buttons in order to make the operation buttons easier to operate. However, increasing the size of the operation button complicates the structure for pressing and returning to the original position, increasing the number of parts of the operation button, or complicating the shape of the operation button itself. It was. Since the structure of the operation button is complicated, the pressing operation may vary due to component tolerance.
 火災警報器に対しては、小型化が求められている。検煙部カバーは、遮光性向上のため、壁部が断面略V字状に形成されているので、径方向の大きさが比較的大きく、火災警報器の小型化を阻害する要因となっていた。
 また、火災警報器には、音声を発報するためのスピーカーが設けられ、このスピーカーが検煙部カバーと筐体の厚み方向において一部重なり合う配置になると、スピーカーから十分な音圧を得られなくなる可能性があるので、両者が重ならない配置とする必要がある。火災警報器を小型化して筐体が小さくなるのに伴い、これらが重ならないように配置することが困難となっていた。
Miniaturization is required for fire alarms. The smoke detector cover has a substantially V-shaped wall for improving light shielding, so the radial size is relatively large, which is a factor that hinders downsizing of fire alarms. It was.
In addition, the fire alarm is provided with a speaker for sound output, and if this speaker is arranged so as to partially overlap the smoke detector cover in the thickness direction of the housing, sufficient sound pressure can be obtained from the speaker. Since there is a possibility of disappearing, it is necessary to arrange them so that they do not overlap. As fire alarms have become smaller and the housing has become smaller, it has become difficult to arrange them so that they do not overlap.
 しかしながら、上記のような実装方法では、発光素子と受光素子の接続線を基板のスルーホールに対して同時に挿通する必要があるため、挿通作業が困難であり、発光素子と受光素子の実装に手間を要していた。また、検出部本体に発光素子や受光素子を取り付けるための取付用の機構を必要とするため検出部本体の機構が複雑化してしまうため好ましくなかった。 However, in the mounting method as described above, it is necessary to insert the connection line between the light emitting element and the light receiving element into the through hole of the substrate at the same time, which makes it difficult to insert the light emitting element and the light receiving element. Needed. In addition, an attachment mechanism for attaching the light emitting element and the light receiving element to the detection unit main body is required, which complicates the mechanism of the detection unit main body.
 本発明は、上記問題に鑑みてなされたものであり、取付板を固定するネジが機器本体に影響を与えないようにすることのできる機器取付構造及び取付板を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、上記問題に鑑みてなされたものであり、筐体内に取付けられるスピーカーの音圧を大きくすると共に、スピーカー設置の省スペース化及び確実な固定をなすことのできる警報器を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、上記問題に鑑みてなされたものであり、簡単な構造で押圧動作及び元の位置への復帰動作をばらつきなく行うことのできる警報器を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は前記課題を鑑みてなされたものであり、検煙部を小型化し、筐体内で検煙部カバーがスピーカーなどと重なり合わないように配置できる火災警報器を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、上記問題に鑑みてなされたもので、検出手段(発光素子及び受光素子に対応)の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、被覆手段(検出部本体に対応)の機構を簡素化することができる警報装置及びその製造方法を提供することを目的とする。
The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a device mounting structure and a mounting plate that can prevent a screw fixing the mounting plate from affecting the device body.
In addition, the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and provides an alarm device that can increase the sound pressure of a speaker mounted in a housing, and can save space and securely fix a speaker. The purpose is to do.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an alarm device that can perform a pressing operation and a returning operation to the original position without variation with a simple structure.
In addition, the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a fire alarm capable of downsizing a smoke detector and arranging the smoke detector cover so that it does not overlap a speaker or the like in the housing. And
In addition, the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and can simplify the mounting operation of the detection means (corresponding to the light emitting element and the light receiving element) and the mechanism of the covering means (corresponding to the detection unit main body). An object of the present invention is to provide an alarm device and a method for manufacturing the same.
 上記課題を解決するため、請求項1記載の機器取付構造は、取付板により機器本体を設置面に対して取付ける機器取付構造において、前記取付板は、前記設置面に対し固定するためのネジを挿通させるネジ孔部を有し、該ネジ孔部の周囲には、前記ネジの頭部以上の高さを有する立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする。 In order to solve the above-described problem, the device mounting structure according to claim 1 is a device mounting structure in which a device main body is mounted to an installation surface by a mounting plate, and the mounting plate has a screw for fixing to the installation surface. A screw hole portion to be inserted is provided, and a rising portion having a height equal to or higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion.
 請求項2記載の機器取付構造は、請求項1記載の機器取付構造において、前記取付板は、前記機器本体を固定する機器固定面部を有し、該機器固定面部には、前記機器本体を係止させる係止片部と前記ネジ孔部とが形成されていると共に、前記機器固定面部から立ち上がるように前記立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする。 The device mounting structure according to claim 2 is the device mounting structure according to claim 1, wherein the mounting plate includes a device fixing surface portion that fixes the device body, and the device fixing surface portion is associated with the device body. A locking piece portion to be stopped and the screw hole portion are formed, and the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
 請求項3記載の機器取付構造は、請求項1または2記載の機器取付構造において、前記機器本体は電池を収納する電池収納部を有し、該電池収納部は前記取付板に向かって開口し、前記ネジ孔部は前記電池収納部と対向する位置に形成されていることを特徴とする。 The device mounting structure according to claim 3 is the device mounting structure according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the device main body has a battery storage portion for storing a battery, and the battery storage portion opens toward the mounting plate. The screw hole portion is formed at a position facing the battery housing portion.
 請求項4記載の機器取付構造は、請求項1~3のいずれか一項記載の機器取付構造において、前記機器本体は火災の発生を検出して警報を発する火災警報器であることを特徴とする。 The device mounting structure according to claim 4 is the device mounting structure according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the device main body is a fire alarm that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm. To do.
 請求項5記載の取付板は、機器本体を設置面に対して取付けるための取付板において、前記取付板は、前記設置面に対し固定するためのネジを挿通させるネジ孔部を有し、該ネジ孔部の周囲には、前記ネジの頭部以上の高さを有する立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする。 The mounting plate according to claim 5 is a mounting plate for mounting a device main body to an installation surface, wherein the mounting plate has a screw hole portion through which a screw for fixing to the installation surface is inserted, A rising portion having a height equal to or higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion.
 請求項6記載の取付板は、請求項5記載の取付板において、前記取付板は、前記機器本体を固定する機器固定面部を有し、該機器固定面部には、前記機器本体を係止させる係止片部と前記ネジ孔部とが形成されていると共に、前記機器固定面部から立ち上がるように前記立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする。 The mounting plate according to claim 6 is the mounting plate according to claim 5, wherein the mounting plate has a device fixing surface portion for fixing the device main body, and the device fixing surface portion locks the device main body. A locking piece portion and the screw hole portion are formed, and the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
 請求項7記載の警報器は、正面から音声を発するスピーカーを筐体内に有する警報器において、前記筐体は、前記スピーカーを配置固定するスピーカー固定部を有する基板部を内部に有し、前記筐体の前面部には、前記スピーカーの正面と対向する位置に音響孔が形成され、前記スピーカー固定部は、前記スピーカーの背面と対向する基面部と、前記スピーカーの周囲部に係止される係止部とを有し、前記基面部は1つまたは複数の貫通部を有することを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 7, wherein an alarm device having a speaker that emits sound from the front is provided in the housing, and the housing includes a substrate portion having a speaker fixing portion for arranging and fixing the speaker. An acoustic hole is formed in the front portion of the body at a position facing the front surface of the speaker, and the speaker fixing portion is engaged with a base surface portion facing the back surface of the speaker and a peripheral portion of the speaker. The base surface portion has one or more through portions.
 請求項8記載の警報器は、請求項7記載の警報器において、前記基板部は、前記筐体の中空内部に納められ、前記基板部と前記筐体の後面部との間には空間部が形成されると共に、該空間部は少なくとも前記筐体の後面部側が閉塞されていることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 8 is the alarm device according to claim 7, wherein the substrate portion is accommodated in a hollow interior of the housing, and a space portion is provided between the substrate portion and the rear surface portion of the housing. And the space is closed at least on the rear surface side of the housing.
 請求項9記載の警報器は、請求項7または8記載の警報器において、前記係止部は、略円形状に形成される前記スピーカーの周方向に沿って複数設けられる係止片部からなることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 9 is the alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion includes a plurality of locking pieces provided along a circumferential direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape. It is characterized by that.
 請求項10記載の警報器は、請求項7または8記載の警報器において、前記係止部は、略円形状に形成される前記スピーカーの直径方向に対向する1対の係止片部からなることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 10 is the alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion is formed of a pair of locking pieces opposed to each other in the diameter direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape. It is characterized by that.
 請求項11記載の警報器は、請求項9または10記載の警報器において、前記係止片部は、前記基板部に固定された固定係止片部と、前記基板部に対し弾性的に移動可能な移動係止片部とからなることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 11 is the alarm device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the locking piece portion is elastically moved with respect to the fixed locking piece portion fixed to the substrate portion and the substrate portion. It is characterized by comprising a movable locking piece portion.
 請求項12記載の警報器は、請求項11記載の警報器において、前記移動係止片部は、前記基面部に片持ち状に支持された弾性片に形成されていることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 12 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is formed as an elastic piece supported in a cantilever manner on the base surface portion.
 請求項13記載の警報器は、請求項7~12のいずれか一項記載の警報器において、前記貫通部は、前記基面部に形成される複数の小孔からなることを特徴とする。 An alarm device according to a thirteenth aspect is the alarm device according to any one of the seventh to twelfth aspects, wherein the penetrating portion includes a plurality of small holes formed in the base surface portion.
 請求項14記載の警報器は、請求項11記載の警報器において、前記移動係止片部は、前記基面部の一端部から少なくとも前記基面部の中央を越える位置まで達する2つのスリット部により弾性変形可能とされた弾性片に形成され、前記スリット部が前記貫通部となっていることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 14 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is elastically formed by two slit portions reaching from one end portion of the base surface portion to a position exceeding at least the center of the base surface portion. It is formed in a deformable elastic piece, and the slit portion is the penetrating portion.
 請求項15記載の警報器は、請求項11記載の警報器において、前記移動係止片部は、前記基板部との間を細径のブリッジ部で接続された島状部に形成されており、該島状部と前記基面部との間の隙間が前記貫通部となっていることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 15 is the alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the moving locking piece portion is formed in an island-like portion connected to the substrate portion by a thin bridge portion. The gap between the island-shaped part and the base surface part is the penetrating part.
 請求項16記載の警報器は、筐体と、該筐体に設けられ押圧動作及び復帰動作可能な操作ボタンとを有する警報器において、前記操作ボタンは、外周部に回転軸部を有し、前記筐体は、前記操作ボタンを納める開口部を有すると共に、該開口部の縁部に前記回転軸部を保持する軸受け部を有し、前記操作ボタンは、前記筐体に対し前記操作ボタンの復帰動作方向に付勢された状態で係止される係止部を有することを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 16, wherein the alarm device includes a housing and an operation button provided on the housing and capable of pressing and returning, and the operation button has a rotation shaft portion on an outer peripheral portion, The housing has an opening for receiving the operation button, and a bearing portion for holding the rotating shaft portion at an edge of the opening, and the operation button is connected to the housing with respect to the operation button. It has the latching | locking part latched in the state urged | biased in the return operation | movement direction, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.
 請求項17記載の警報器は、請求項16記載の警報器において、前記操作ボタンは、一端部近傍に前記回転軸部が設けられ、該回転軸部が設けられる一端部から他端部に向かって長い形状を有することを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 17 is the alarm device according to claim 16, wherein the operation button is provided with the rotating shaft portion in the vicinity of one end portion, and from one end portion to the other end portion where the rotating shaft portion is provided. It has a long shape.
 請求項18記載の警報器は、請求項16または17記載の警報器において、前記操作ボタンは、前記開口部から露出する操作部と、該操作部の一端部より外方に延出される外方延出部とを有し、該外方延出部に前記回転軸部が設けられることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 18 is the alarm device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the operation button includes an operation portion exposed from the opening, and an outward extending from one end of the operation portion. It has an extension part, and the rotating shaft part is provided in the outward extension part.
 請求項19記載の警報器は、請求項18記載の警報器において、前記操作ボタンは、前記操作部の一端部より前記外方延出部と同じ方向に延出されて前記外方延出部と並設される弾性片を有し、該弾性片の先端部に前記係止部が形成されることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 19 is the alarm device according to claim 18, wherein the operation button extends from one end of the operation portion in the same direction as the outward extension portion. And the locking portion is formed at the tip of the elastic piece.
 請求項20記載の警報器は、請求項16~19のいずれか一項記載の警報器において、前記操作ボタンは、後方に向かって延出される後方延出部を有し、該後方延出部は引き紐を挿通させるスリット部を有し、該スリット部は、幅が大きくなる方向に変形可能であることを特徴とする。 The alarm device according to claim 20 is the alarm device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the operation button has a rearward extension portion extending rearward, and the rearward extension portion. Has a slit portion through which the drawstring is inserted, and the slit portion can be deformed in the direction of increasing the width.
 請求項21記載の火災警報器は、筐体内に検煙部を有する火災警報器において、前記検煙部には、センサー部が配置される検煙領域を囲むように検煙部カバーが設けられ、該検煙部カバーは周方向に沿って複数の遮光壁部を有し、前記遮光壁部は単板形状を有し、隣接する前記遮光壁部間には前記検煙領域の内外を連通させる隙間が形成されると共に、前記センサー部の検知位置を中心とする放射線上には、前記遮光壁部のいずれかが位置するように、前記遮光壁部同士が径方向において重なり合うように配置されることを特徴とする。 The fire alarm device according to claim 21, wherein the smoke alarm portion has a smoke detector cover so as to surround a smoke detection region in which the sensor portion is disposed. The smoke detector cover has a plurality of light shielding wall portions along a circumferential direction, the light shielding wall portion has a single plate shape, and the interior and the outside of the smoke detection region communicate with each other between the adjacent light shielding wall portions. The light shielding wall portions are arranged so as to overlap each other in the radial direction so that one of the light shielding wall portions is positioned on the radiation centered on the detection position of the sensor portion. It is characterized by that.
 請求項22記載の火災警報器は、請求項21記載の火災警報器において、前記遮光壁部は、前記検煙部カバーの基部から、前記検煙領域の周方向に沿い径方向に向かって傾斜するように配置立設されることを特徴とする。 The fire alarm device according to claim 22 is the fire alarm device according to claim 21, wherein the light shielding wall portion is inclined in a radial direction along a circumferential direction of the smoke detection region from a base portion of the smoke detection portion cover. It is characterized by being arranged and erected.
 請求項23記載の火災警報器は、請求項21または22記載の火災警報器において、前記遮光壁部は、前記検煙領域の外周面を形成する弧状面部を有することを特徴とする。 The fire alarm device according to claim 23 is the fire alarm device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the light shielding wall portion has an arcuate surface portion forming an outer peripheral surface of the smoke detection region.
 請求項24記載の火災警報器は、請求項21~23のいずれか一項記載の火災警報器において、前記検煙領域には発光部が配置され、前記遮光壁部のうち、少なくとも前記発光部からの光を受ける面には、凹凸形状が形成されていることを特徴とする。 A fire alarm device according to claim 24, wherein a light emitting portion is arranged in the smoke detection area, and at least the light emitting portion of the light shielding wall portion is the fire alarm device according to any one of claims 21 to 23. An uneven shape is formed on the surface that receives light from.
 請求項25に記載の警報装置は、素子を実装可能な基板と、前記基板に対して電気的に実装された検出手段であって、検出空間に流入した気体に被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する検出手段と、前記検出手段に対して干渉することなく前記基板及び前記検出手段を覆うように配置された被覆手段であって、前記基板と前記検出空間との間に介装された被覆手段と、を備える。 The alarm device according to claim 25 is a substrate on which an element can be mounted, and a detection means electrically mounted on the substrate, wherein the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space Detecting means for detecting whether or not, and covering means arranged so as to cover the substrate and the detecting means without interfering with the detecting means, and interposed between the substrate and the detection space Covering means.
 請求項26に記載の警報装置は、請求項25に記載の警報装置において、前記検出手段は、受光した光の光量に基づいて被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する受光手段を備え、当該警報装置は、前記受光手段へのノイズを防止するノイズ防止手段であって、前記受光手段が所定方向を向くように前記受光手段に固定されて形成されることにより、前記受光手段の光軸を確定するノイズ防止手段を備える。 An alarm device according to a twenty-sixth aspect is the alarm device according to the twenty-fifth aspect, wherein the detecting means includes a light receiving means for detecting whether or not a substance to be detected is included based on the amount of received light. The alarm device is a noise preventing means for preventing noise to the light receiving means, and is formed by being fixed to the light receiving means so that the light receiving means faces a predetermined direction. Noise prevention means for determining the axis is provided.
 請求項27に記載の警報装置は、請求項25又は26に記載の警報装置において、前記検出空間への前記気体の流入を促進するためのフランジであって、前記被覆手段の外縁部に一体形成されたフランジを備える。 The alarm device according to claim 27 is the alarm device according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the alarm device is a flange for promoting the inflow of the gas into the detection space, and is integrally formed on an outer edge portion of the covering means. Provided with a flange.
 請求項28に記載の警報装置は、請求項25から27のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置において、当該警報装置に電源を供給する電源部を付勢して保持するための電源付勢手段であって、前記被覆手段と一体形成された電源付勢手段を備える。 A warning device according to a twenty-eighth aspect is the warning device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to twenty-seventh aspects, wherein the power supply urging means for urging and holding a power supply unit that supplies power to the warning device. The power supply biasing means is integrally formed with the covering means.
 請求項29に記載の警報装置は、請求項25から28のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置において、警報出力を行う出力手段を収納する収納手段であって、前記被覆手段と一体形成された収納手段を備える。 An alarm device according to a twenty-ninth aspect is the alarm device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to twenty-eighth aspects, wherein the alarm device is an accommodating means for accommodating an output means for outputting an alarm, and is integrally formed with the covering means. A storage means is provided.
 請求項30に記載の警報装置は、請求項25から29のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置において、前記検出手段は、前記検出空間に対して発光する発光手段であって、前記基板に対する取り付け位置から所定方向に折り曲げられた状態で配置される発光手段を備え、
 前記基板は、前記発光手段における折り曲げられた部分と対応する位置に設けられた基板孔であって、前記発光手段の基板に対する取り付け角度を確定するための角度確定器具を挿通可能な基板孔を備える。
The alarm device according to claim 30 is the alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 29, wherein the detection means is a light emitting means for emitting light to the detection space, and is attached to the substrate. Comprising light emitting means arranged in a state bent from a position in a predetermined direction,
The substrate includes a substrate hole provided at a position corresponding to a bent portion of the light emitting unit, and a substrate hole into which an angle determining device for determining an attachment angle of the light emitting unit with respect to the substrate can be inserted. .
 請求項31に記載の警報装置は、請求項30に記載の警報装置において、前記検出手段及び前記被覆手段を内部に収容する収容手段であって、前記検出手段及び前記被覆手段を収容した状態で前記基板孔を塞ぐ閉塞手段を有する収容手段を備える。 An alarm device according to a thirty-first aspect is the alarm device according to the thirty-third aspect, wherein the alarm device according to the thirty-first aspect is an accommodating means for accommodating the detecting means and the covering means inside the alarm device. The housing means includes a closing means for closing the substrate hole.
 請求項32に記載の警報装置は、請求項31に記載の警報装置において、前記閉塞手段は、前記検出手段を支持可能な支持手段である。 The alarm device according to claim 32 is the alarm device according to claim 31, wherein the closing means is a support means capable of supporting the detection means.
 請求項33に記載の警報装置は、請求項25から32のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置において、前記検出手段は、前記検出空間に対して発光する発光側検出手段と、受光した光の光量に基づいて前記検出空間に流入した気体に前記被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する受光側検出手段と、を備え、前記被覆手段は、前記発光側検出手段から、当該被覆手段を通過して前記検出空間へと光を導入するための発光孔と、前記検出空間から、当該被覆手段を通過して前記受光側検出手段へと反射光を導入するための受光孔と、を有する。 An alarm device according to a thirty-third aspect is the alarm device according to any one of the twenty-fifth to thirty-second embodiments, wherein the detection means includes a light emission side detection means that emits light to the detection space, and Light receiving side detecting means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space based on the amount of light, the covering means from the light emitting side detecting means to the covering means A light emitting hole for introducing light into the detection space and a light receiving hole for introducing reflected light from the detection space through the covering means to the light receiving side detection means, Have.
 請求項34に記載の警報装置は、請求項33に記載の警報装置において、前記被覆手段のうち前記検出空間と対向する面における前記発光孔又は前記受光孔の周囲に形成された溝部であって、前記検出空間と反対側に向けて凹んだ溝部を備える。 An alarm device according to a thirty-fourth aspect is the alarm device according to the thirty-third aspect, wherein a groove portion is formed around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in a surface of the covering means that faces the detection space. And a groove portion recessed toward the opposite side to the detection space.
 請求項35に記載の警報装置は、請求項33又は34に記載の警報装置において、前記被覆手段のうち前記基板と対向する面における前記発光孔又は前記受光孔の周囲に形成された遮光手段であって、前記基板に向けて立ち上げられるように配置され、前記発光側検出手段又は前記受光側検出手段の周囲を覆う遮光手段を備える。 An alarm device according to a thirty-fifth aspect is the alarm device according to the thirty-third or thirty-fourth aspect, wherein the alarm means is a light shielding means formed around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in a surface of the covering means facing the substrate. A light-shielding means that is disposed so as to be raised toward the substrate and covers the periphery of the light-emitting side detection means or the light-receiving side detection means.
 請求項36に記載の警報装置の製造方法は、検出空間に流入した気体に被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する検出手段を、素子を実装可能な基板に対して所定角度で取り付ける取付工程と、前記取付工程において前記基板に取り付けた前記検出手段を、前記所定角度を維持した状態で前記基板に対して電気的に実装する実装工程と、前記基板及び前記実装工程にて前記基板に実装された前記検出手段を覆うように、前記基板と前記検出空間との間に介装される被覆手段を設置する被覆手段設置工程と、を含む。 In the method for manufacturing an alarm device according to claim 36, the detection means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space is attached to the substrate on which the element can be mounted at a predetermined angle. An attachment step; a mounting step of electrically mounting the detection means attached to the substrate in the attachment step with respect to the substrate while maintaining the predetermined angle; and the substrate in the mounting step and the substrate. A covering means installation step of installing a covering means interposed between the substrate and the detection space so as to cover the detection means mounted on the substrate.
 請求項1に係る発明によれば、ネジの頭部に正面から物が近づいても、立上がり部に当接してネジの頭部に当接することを防止できる。
 また、取付板のネジの頭部がその正面側に影響を及ぼさないようにすることができる。また、立上がり部を、ネジを締め込む深さの目安として利用することもでき、取付板の厚さに応じ、適切な締め込み深さ及び強度とすることができるので、取付板と機器本体とを設置面に対し確実に固定することができる。
According to the first aspect of the present invention, even if an object approaches the head of the screw from the front, it can be prevented from coming into contact with the rising portion and coming into contact with the head of the screw.
In addition, the head of the screw of the mounting plate can be prevented from affecting the front side. In addition, the rising portion can be used as a guide for the depth of tightening the screw, and according to the thickness of the mounting plate, an appropriate tightening depth and strength can be obtained. Can be securely fixed to the installation surface.
 請求項2に係る発明によれば、機器本体の取付板側が、ネジの頭部に近づいても、立上がり部に当接してネジの頭部には当接しないので、ネジが機器本体に影響を与えることを防止できる。 According to the invention of claim 2, even if the mounting plate side of the device main body approaches the head of the screw, it abuts on the rising portion and does not contact the head of the screw. It can prevent giving.
 請求項3に係る発明によれば、電池がネジの頭部に近づいても、立上がり部に当接してネジの頭部には当接しないので、ネジが電池に影響を与えることを防止できる。 According to the invention of claim 3, even if the battery approaches the head of the screw, the battery contacts the rising portion and does not contact the head of the screw, so that the screw can be prevented from affecting the battery.
 請求項4に係る発明によれば、火災警報器において、ネジの頭部が警報器本体に影響しないようにすることができる。 According to the invention of claim 4, in the fire alarm, it is possible to prevent the head of the screw from affecting the alarm body.
 請求項5に係る発明によれば、ネジの頭部に正面から機器本体が近づいても、立上がり部に当接してネジの頭部に当接しないので、ネジの頭部が機器本体に影響を及ぼさないようにすることができる。
 また、取付板のネジの頭部が機器本体に対し影響を及ぼさないようにすることができる。また、立上がり部を、ネジを締め込む深さの目安として利用することもでき、取付板の厚さに応じ、適切な締め込み深さ及び強度とすることができるので、取付板と機器本体とを設置面に対し確実に固定することができる。
According to the invention of claim 5, even if the device main body approaches the screw head from the front, the screw head does not contact the head of the screw by contacting the rising portion. It can be prevented from reaching.
Further, the head of the screw of the mounting plate can be prevented from affecting the device main body. In addition, the rising portion can be used as a guide for the depth of tightening the screw, and according to the thickness of the mounting plate, an appropriate tightening depth and strength can be obtained. Can be securely fixed to the installation surface.
 請求項6に係る発明によれば、機器本体の取付板側が、ネジの頭部に近づいても、立上がり部に当接してネジの頭部には当接しないので、ネジが機器本体に影響を与えることを防止できる。 According to the invention of claim 6, even if the mounting plate side of the device main body approaches the head of the screw, it contacts the rising portion and does not contact the head of the screw. It can prevent giving.
 請求項7に係る発明によれば、スピーカーの正面側での振動によって発生する音の一部を、貫通部を介してスピーカーの背面に伝え、筐体内で効率的に共鳴させることができ、音圧の向上を図ることができる。
 また、スピーカーからの音の一部を筐体内で共鳴させることで、スピーカーからの音圧を向上させることができる。これにより、小径のスピーカーでも所定以上の音圧を得られるので、筐体の小型化を図ることができる。
According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, a part of the sound generated by the vibration on the front side of the speaker can be transmitted to the back surface of the speaker through the penetrating portion, and can be efficiently resonated in the housing. The pressure can be improved.
Further, by resonating a part of the sound from the speaker in the housing, the sound pressure from the speaker can be improved. As a result, a sound pressure exceeding a predetermined level can be obtained even with a small-diameter speaker, and the housing can be downsized.
 請求項8に係る発明によれば、基板部と筐体の後面部の間に、閉塞された空間部が形成され、貫通部を介して導かれるスピーカーからの音を、より共鳴しやすくでき、音圧の更なる向上を図ることができる。 According to the invention according to claim 8, a closed space is formed between the substrate portion and the rear surface portion of the housing, and the sound from the speaker guided through the penetration portion can be more easily resonated, The sound pressure can be further improved.
 請求項9に係る発明によれば、スピーカーを周方向複数位置で係止片部により係止固定するので、スピーカーを安定的に基板部に固定でき、また、温度あるいは湿度等の環境変化により、スピーカーの固定状態が変化することを抑制することができる。 According to the invention according to claim 9, since the speaker is locked and fixed by the locking piece portion at a plurality of positions in the circumferential direction, the speaker can be stably fixed to the substrate portion, and due to environmental changes such as temperature or humidity, It can suppress that the fixed state of a speaker changes.
 請求項10に係る発明によれば、スピーカーを1対の係止片部で両側から挟むように係止固定するので、スピーカーを安定的に基板部に固定でき、また、温度あるいは湿度等の環境変化により、スピーカーの固定状態が変化することを抑制することができる。 According to the invention of claim 10, since the speaker is locked and fixed so as to be sandwiched by the pair of locking pieces from both sides, the speaker can be stably fixed to the substrate portion, and the environment such as temperature or humidity It is possible to suppress a change in the fixed state of the speaker due to the change.
 請求項11に係る発明によれば、スピーカーの一端部を固定係止片部に係止させてから、スピーカーの他端部を容易に移動係止片部に対し係止固定させることができ、スピーカーの固定作業を容易化できる。 According to the invention of claim 11, after the one end portion of the speaker is locked to the fixed locking piece portion, the other end portion of the speaker can be easily locked and fixed to the moving locking piece portion, The fixing work of the speaker can be facilitated.
 請求項12に係る発明によれば、簡単な構造で、移動係止片部を弾性的に移動可能とすることができる。 According to the invention of claim 12, the movable locking piece can be moved elastically with a simple structure.
 請求項13に係る発明によれば、貫通部を介した虫等の侵入を防止でき、また、一部の小孔を塞ぐことで、スピーカーの音圧向上の最適化を図ることができる。 According to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, it is possible to prevent insects and the like from entering through the penetrating portion, and it is possible to optimize the improvement of the sound pressure of the speaker by closing some small holes.
 請求項14に係る発明によれば、弾性片の変形量を大きくでき、スピーカーの係止固定をより容易化できると共に、スリット部が貫通部となるので、別に貫通部を形成する必要がなく、構造を簡易化できる。 According to the invention of claim 14, the amount of deformation of the elastic piece can be increased, the locking and fixing of the speaker can be facilitated, and the slit portion becomes the through portion, so there is no need to form a separate through portion, The structure can be simplified.
 請求項15に係る発明によれば、簡単な構造で移動係止片部を弾性的に移動可能とできると共に、隙間が貫通部となるので、別に貫通部を形成する必要がなく、構造を簡易化できる。 According to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, the movable locking piece can be elastically moved with a simple structure, and the gap serves as a penetrating portion. Can be
 請求項16に係る発明によれば、操作ボタンを回転軸部を中心として傾倒させるように押圧可能となり、また、係止部が筐体に対し操作ボタンの復帰動作方向に付勢されているので、操作ボタンが筐体に対し確実に固定された状態とすることができる。
 また、簡単な構造で操作ボタンの押圧動作及び復帰動作を可能とでき、また、部品点数が少ないので、部品公差による押圧操作のばらつきも抑制することができる。
According to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, the operation button can be pressed so as to be tilted about the rotation shaft portion, and the locking portion is urged against the casing in the return operation direction of the operation button. The operation button can be securely fixed to the housing.
In addition, the operation button can be pressed and returned with a simple structure, and since the number of components is small, variations in the pressing operation due to component tolerances can be suppressed.
 請求項17に係る発明によれば、押圧操作される部分と回転軸部との距離を大きくし、操作ボタンの押圧深さを十分に確保することができる。 According to the invention of claim 17, it is possible to increase the distance between the portion to be pressed and the rotating shaft portion, and to sufficiently secure the pressing depth of the operation button.
 請求項18に係る発明によれば、回転軸部を操作部からより離すことができ、操作ボタンの押圧深さをより大きくすることができる。 According to the invention of claim 18, the rotating shaft portion can be further separated from the operation portion, and the pressing depth of the operation button can be further increased.
 請求項19に係る発明によれば、操作ボタンの押圧に伴う弾性片の弾性変形により、操作ボタンを確実に復帰方向に動作させることができる。 According to the invention of claim 19, the operation button can be reliably operated in the return direction by the elastic deformation of the elastic piece accompanying the pressing of the operation button.
 請求項20に係る発明によれば、スリット部に引き紐を設けた場合に、引き紐に大きな力が加わった際、スリット部が変形して引き紐が抜けるので、操作ボタンや筐体に大きな力が加わらないようにすることができる。 According to the invention of claim 20, when a pull string is provided in the slit portion, when a large force is applied to the pull string, the slit portion is deformed and the pull string is pulled out. It is possible to prevent force from being applied.
 請求項21に係る発明によれば、検煙部カバーを最低限の径としつつ、センサー部に対して外部から光が直接入射しないようにすることができる。
 また、外部光からの遮光機能を維持しつつ検煙部を小型化でき、小型化された筐体内で検煙部カバーをスピーカーなどと重なり合わないように配置することができる。
According to the twenty-first aspect of the present invention, it is possible to prevent light from directly entering the sensor unit from the outside while setting the smoke detecting unit cover to a minimum diameter.
In addition, the smoke detector can be downsized while maintaining the light shielding function from external light, and the smoke detector cover can be arranged so as not to overlap the speaker or the like in the downsized housing.
 請求項22に係る発明によれば、遮光壁部間に隙間を設けつつ、隣接する遮光壁部同士が径方向において重なり合うように配置することができる。 According to the invention of claim 22, it is possible to dispose adjacent light shielding wall portions in the radial direction while providing a gap between the light shielding wall portions.
 請求項23に係る発明によれば、遮光壁部の外周側に断続的な円周面を形成でき、網部材を外周側に配置することができる。 According to the invention of claim 23, an intermittent circumferential surface can be formed on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall portion, and the net member can be arranged on the outer peripheral side.
 請求項24に係る発明によれば、発光部からの光が、遮光壁部の凹凸形状によって散乱されるので、センサー部に対して入射する発光部からの光の反射光を減少させ、センサー部における誤作動を防止できる。 According to the invention of claim 24, since the light from the light emitting part is scattered by the uneven shape of the light shielding wall part, the reflected light of the light from the light emitting part incident on the sensor part is reduced, and the sensor part Can be prevented from malfunctioning.
 請求項25に記載の警報装置によれば、被覆手段が基板及び検出手段に対して干渉しないので、被覆手段に全ての検出手段をセットしてから当該被覆手段に基板を被せて基板のスルーホールに各検出手段の接続線を同時に挿通するという作業を省略でき、検出手段の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、検出手段を取り付けるための機構を被覆手段に設ける必要がなくなり、被覆手段の機構を簡素化して警報装置の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of claim 25, since the covering means does not interfere with the substrate and the detecting means, after setting all the detecting means on the covering means, the covering means is covered with the substrate and the through hole of the substrate is formed. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the work of simultaneously inserting the connecting lines of the detection means, to simplify the mounting work of the detection means, and it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching the detection means to the covering means. It becomes possible to simplify the mechanism and improve the productivity of the alarm device.
 請求項26に記載の警報装置によれば、検出手段は受光手段を備え、ノイズ防止手段を受光手段と一体的に形成するので、受光手段及びノイズ防止手段の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、被覆手段に受光手段及びノイズ防止手段を取り付けるための機構を被覆手段に設ける必要がなくなり、被覆手段の機構を簡素化して警報装置の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of the twenty-sixth aspect, since the detecting means includes the light receiving means and the noise preventing means is formed integrally with the light receiving means, the mounting work of the light receiving means and the noise preventing means can be simplified. At the same time, it is not necessary to provide the covering means with a mechanism for attaching the light receiving means and the noise preventing means to the covering means, and it is possible to simplify the mechanism of the covering means and improve the productivity of the alarm device.
 請求項27に記載の警報装置によれば、被覆手段の外縁部に検出空間への気体の流入を促進するためのフランジを備えるので、検出空間への気体の流入量を増大でき、検出精度を向上させることが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of claim 27, since the flange for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space is provided at the outer edge of the covering means, the amount of gas inflow into the detection space can be increased, and the detection accuracy can be increased. It becomes possible to improve.
 請求項28に記載の警報装置によれば、電源部からの応力が常時作用する電源付勢手段を、外部から視認不可能な被覆手段と一体形成したので、収容手段のように外部から視認可能な機構に設ける場合と比較して当該応力による変形が目立たなくなり、外観不良を防止できる。 According to the alarm device of the twenty-eighth aspect, since the power supply biasing means to which the stress from the power supply portion is always applied is integrally formed with the covering means that cannot be visually recognized from the outside, it can be visually recognized from the outside like the housing means Compared with the case where it is provided in a simple mechanism, the deformation due to the stress becomes inconspicuous, and appearance defects can be prevented.
 請求項29に記載の警報装置によれば、基板に接続される出力手段を収納する収納手段を被覆手段と一体に形成するので、被覆手段における基板と同一面側に出力手段を配置でき、出力手段の基板に対する接続を簡素化して警報装置の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of claim 29, since the storage means for storing the output means connected to the substrate is formed integrally with the covering means, the output means can be arranged on the same side as the substrate in the covering means. It is possible to improve the productivity of the alarm device by simplifying the connection of the means to the substrate.
 請求項30に記載の警報装置によれば、基板に角度確定器具を挿通可能な基板孔を備えるので、角度確定器具を挿通して発光手段を抑え付けるという極めて容易な方法により発光手段の取り付け角度を容易に確定することができ、警報装置の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of claim 30, since the board hole through which the angle determination device can be inserted is provided in the substrate, the mounting angle of the light emission means can be reduced by an extremely easy method of inserting the angle determination device and suppressing the light emission means. Can be easily determined, and the productivity of the alarm device can be improved.
 請求項31に記載の警報装置によれば、基板孔を塞ぐ閉塞手段を収容手段に備えるので、発光手段の光が基板孔から回り込んで受光手段にて受光されてしまうことによる誤検出を防止することができ、検出精度を向上させることが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of the thirty-first aspect, since the accommodating means is provided with the closing means for closing the substrate hole, the erroneous detection due to the light of the light emitting means circulated from the substrate hole and received by the light receiving means is prevented. It is possible to improve the detection accuracy.
 請求項32に記載の警報装置によれば、閉塞手段は検出手段を支持可能であるので、検出手段に何等かの理由で外力が加わった際に検出手段の角度が変わってしまって検出精度が低下してしまうことを防止することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of the thirty-second aspect, since the closing means can support the detection means, when an external force is applied to the detection means for any reason, the angle of the detection means changes and the detection accuracy is increased. It is possible to prevent the decrease.
 請求項33に記載の警報装置によれば、被覆手段が発光孔と受光孔とを備えるので、被覆手段で基板を被覆して基板への塵埃の蓄積を抑止しつつ、発光孔及び受光孔により発光側検出手段及び受光側検出手段の光軸を阻害しない構成とすることができる。 According to the alarm device of claim 33, since the covering means includes the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole, the covering means covers the substrate and suppresses the accumulation of dust on the substrate, while the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole prevent the dust from accumulating. It can be set as the structure which does not inhibit the optical axis of a light emission side detection means and a light reception side detection means.
 請求項34に記載の警報装置によれば、発光孔及び受光孔の周囲に、検出空間と反対側に向けて凹んだ溝部を備えるので、当該溝部に塵埃を蓄積させることにより塵埃が被覆手段の上に高く蓄積してしまうことを防止でき、被覆手段における発光孔又は受光孔の周囲に蓄積した塵埃が発光軸上や受光軸上に位置してしまうことによって検出精度が低下してしまう事態を防止できる。 According to the alarm device of the thirty-fourth aspect, since the groove portion recessed toward the opposite side to the detection space is provided around the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole, the dust is accumulated on the groove portion by accumulating the dust in the groove portion. It is possible to prevent the dust from accumulating on the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole in the covering means, and the dust accumulated around the light receiving hole is positioned on the light emitting axis or the light receiving axis. Can be prevented.
 請求項35に記載の警報装置によれば、発光孔又は受光孔の周囲に立ち上げられるように配置され、発光側検出手段又は受光側検出手段の周囲を覆う遮光手段を備えるので、発光側検出手段からの光が、検出空間を介さずに直接受光側検出手段に受光されてしまうことに伴う誤検出を防止できると共に、被覆手段に蓄積した塵埃が、被覆手段から発光孔や受光孔を介して発光側検出手段や受光側検出手段に落ちて、発光側検出手段や受光側検出手段の表面に蓄積してしまうことによって、検出精度が低下してしまう事態を防止することが可能となる。 According to the alarm device of claim 35, the light emitting side detection is provided because the alarming device is arranged so as to be raised around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole and covers the periphery of the light emitting side detecting means or the light receiving side detecting means. It is possible to prevent erroneous detection due to the light from the means being directly received by the light receiving side detection means without going through the detection space, and the dust accumulated in the covering means passes through the light emitting hole and the light receiving hole from the covering means. Then, the light falls on the light emitting side detecting means and the light receiving side detecting means and accumulates on the surface of the light emitting side detecting means and the light receiving side detecting means, thereby preventing the detection accuracy from being lowered.
 請求項36に記載の警報装置の製造方法によれば、検出手段を基板に対して取り付けて電気的に実装してから被覆手段を設置するので、被覆手段に全ての検出手段をセットしてから被覆手段に基板を被せて基板のスルーホールに各検出手段の接続線を同時に挿通するという作業を省略でき、検出手段の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、検出手段を取り付けるための機構を被覆手段に設ける必要がなくなり、被覆手段の機構を簡素化して警報装置の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 According to the method for manufacturing an alarm device according to claim 36, since the covering means is installed after the detecting means is mounted on the substrate and electrically mounted, all the detecting means are set on the covering means. The work of covering the covering means with the substrate and simultaneously inserting the connecting lines of the detecting means into the through holes of the substrate can be omitted, the mounting work of the detecting means can be simplified, and a mechanism for attaching the detecting means is provided. There is no need to provide the covering means, and it is possible to simplify the mechanism of the covering means and improve the productivity of the alarm device.
本実施形態1の火災警報器の正面側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm of Embodiment 1. 火災警報器の背面側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the back side of a fire alarm. 警報器本体の背面図である。It is a rear view of an alarm device main body. 取付板の正面図である。It is a front view of a mounting plate. 設置面に締め込まれているネジと取付板との斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the screw fastened to the installation surface and a mounting plate. 火災警報器の縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a fire alarm. 本実施形態2-1における火災警報器の正面図である。It is a front view of the fire alarm in this embodiment 2-1. 図7のA-A断面図である。FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 図7のB-B断面図である。FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 基板部の正面図である。It is a front view of a board | substrate part. スピーカーを取付けた基板部の正面図である。It is a front view of the board | substrate part which attached the speaker. 図11のA-A断面図である。FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 実施形態2-2の火災警報器に用いられる基板部の正面図である。It is a front view of the board | substrate part used for the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-2. 実施形態2-3の火災警報器に用いられる基板部の正面図である。It is a front view of the board | substrate part used for the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-3. 本実施形態3における火災警報器の正面図である。It is a front view of the fire alarm in this Embodiment 3. 図15のA-A断面図である。FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 操作ボタンの正面図である。It is a front view of an operation button. 操作ボタンの側面図である。It is a side view of an operation button. 図17のA-A断面図である。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 操作ボタンを背面側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view which looked at the operation button from the back side. 火災警報器の背面側からの斜視図である。It is a perspective view from the back side of a fire alarm. 図21のうち後方延出部付近の拡大図である。It is an enlarged view of back extension part vicinity in FIG. 図15のB-B断面のうち、筐体下部の拡大図である。FIG. 16 is an enlarged view of the lower part of the housing in the BB cross section of FIG. 15. 図16の状態から操作ボタンを押圧操作した状態における筐体下部の拡大断面図である。FIG. 17 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the lower part of the housing in a state where the operation button is pressed from the state of FIG. 16. 本実施形態4における火災警報器の正面側から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm device in this Embodiment 4. 火災警報器の縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of a fire alarm. 検煙部を有する基板部の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the board | substrate part which has a smoke detection part. 検煙部の内部を表した断面図である。It is sectional drawing showing the inside of a smoke detector. 図28のうちセンサー部の検知位置と遮光壁部とが直接対向する範囲の拡大図である。FIG. 29 is an enlarged view of a range in which the detection position of the sensor unit and the light shielding wall portion directly face each other in FIG. 28. 本実施形態5に係る警報装置の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the alarm device which concerns on this Embodiment 5. FIG. 警報装置の底面図である。It is a bottom view of an alarm device. 警報装置の側面図である。It is a side view of an alarm device. 図31のA―A矢視断面図である。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow AA in FIG. 31. 下側から見た警報装置の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the alarm device seen from the lower side. 上側から見た警報装置の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the alarm device seen from the upper side. 取付ベースの底面図である。It is a bottom view of a mounting base. 取付ベースの平面図である。It is a top view of an attachment base. 裏ケースの底面図である。It is a bottom view of a back case. 裏ケースの平面図である。It is a top view of a back case. 裏ケースの正面図である。It is a front view of a back case. 表ケースの平面図である。It is a top view of a front case. 表ケースの正面図である。It is a front view of a front case. 検出部カバーの底面図である。It is a bottom view of a detection part cover. 防虫網が省略された状態の検出部カバーの正面図である。It is a front view of a detection part cover in the state where an insect screen was omitted. 検出部本体の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a detection part main body. 検出部本体の平面図である。It is a top view of a detection part main body. 検出部本体の正面図である。It is a front view of a detection part main body. 回路部の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a circuit part. 回路部の平面図である。It is a top view of a circuit part. 回路部の正面図である。It is a front view of a circuit part. 検出部本体の拡大斜視図である。It is an expansion perspective view of a detection part main body. 図32のB-B矢視断面図である。FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 32. 図52のC-C矢視断面図である。FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 52. 回路基板の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a circuit board. 回路基板及び実装用治具を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows a circuit board and the jig | tool for mounting. 初期状態の実装用治具を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the jig | tool for mounting of an initial state. 発光部、受光部、及びシールドを実装用治具に配置した状態の実装用治具を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the mounting jig in the state which has arrange | positioned the light emission part, the light-receiving part, and the shield in the mounting jig. 回路基板を載置した状態の実装用治具を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the jig | tool for mounting in the state which mounted the circuit board. 上蓋を閉状態にした実装用治具を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the mounting jig | tool which made the upper cover closed state.
〔実施形態1〕
 本発明の実施形態1について、図面に沿って詳細に説明する。本実施形態1では、設置面に取付けられる機器が火災警報器であるものとして説明する。図1には本実施形態1における火災警報器の正面側から見た斜視図を、図2には火災警報器の背面側から見た斜視図を、それぞれ示している。本実施形態1の火災警報器は、火災の発生を検出して警報を発する警報器本体1と、警報器本体1を設置面に対して取付ける取付板2とを有している。
Embodiment 1
Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the first embodiment, description will be made assuming that the device attached to the installation surface is a fire alarm. FIG. 1 shows a perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm device according to the first embodiment, and FIG. 2 shows a perspective view seen from the rear side of the fire alarm device. The fire alarm device according to the first embodiment includes an alarm body 1 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm, and a mounting plate 2 that attaches the alarm body 1 to the installation surface.
 警報器本体1は、煙を検出するセンサーなどを内部に有する筐体10を有している。筐体10は、側面部に煙流入口12を有し、この煙流入口12から煙を筐体10の内部に導き、センサーによって煙を検出する。 The alarm device body 1 has a housing 10 having a sensor for detecting smoke inside. The housing 10 has a smoke inlet 12 on a side surface thereof, the smoke is introduced from the smoke inlet 12 into the housing 10 and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
 筐体10は、室内側に面する前面11を有し、前面11には、各種操作を行うための操作ボタン13と、筐体10の内部に設けられるスピーカーからの音声を発するための音響孔14とが設けられている。 The housing 10 has a front surface 11 facing the indoor side. The front surface 11 has operation buttons 13 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 10. 14 is provided.
 取付板2は、警報器本体1の背面側に設けられ、警報器本体1を固定することができる。取付板2が固定される設置面は、本実施形態1では住宅の壁面である。取付板2が、垂直面である設置面に対して固定された後、取付板2に対して警報器本体1が取付固定される。 The mounting plate 2 is provided on the back side of the alarm body 1 and can fix the alarm body 1. In the first embodiment, the installation surface to which the mounting plate 2 is fixed is the wall surface of the house. After the mounting plate 2 is fixed to the installation surface which is a vertical surface, the alarm device body 1 is mounted and fixed to the mounting plate 2.
 取付板2は、中央部に孔を有する略リング状に形成された警報器固定面部20を有している。警報器固定面部20の上端部には、上突出部21が形成されている。上突出部21は、予め設置面に引っ掛けられる場所がある場合に用いられるが、本実施形態1では用いられない。上突出部21の根元部分には、溝状の切り込みが形成されており、上突出部21を使用しない場合には、これを簡単に折って取り除くことができる。 The mounting plate 2 has an alarm fixing surface portion 20 formed in a substantially ring shape having a hole in the center. An upper protruding portion 21 is formed at the upper end portion of the alarm device fixing surface portion 20. The upper protruding portion 21 is used when there is a place to be hooked on the installation surface in advance, but is not used in the first embodiment. A groove-shaped notch is formed in the root portion of the upper protruding portion 21, and when the upper protruding portion 21 is not used, it can be easily folded and removed.
 図3には、警報器本体1の背面図を示している。警報器本体1の背面には、上部に電池収納部16が形成され、その内部には電池17が収納されている。電池収納部16は、背面側に開口する凹状に形成されており、その開口には蓋がされていない。これにより、筐体10を蓋の厚み分、薄型化している。また、警報器本体1の背面には、周方向3箇所に取付板固定部15が形成されている。取付板固定部15は、取付板2に対して回転係止できるように形成されている。 FIG. 3 shows a rear view of the alarm body 1. On the back surface of the alarm device body 1, a battery housing portion 16 is formed at the top, and a battery 17 is housed therein. The battery housing portion 16 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 10 is thinned by the thickness of the lid. In addition, mounting plate fixing portions 15 are formed at three locations in the circumferential direction on the back surface of the alarm body 1. The mounting plate fixing portion 15 is formed so as to be able to rotate and lock with respect to the mounting plate 2.
 取付板2の構造について、より詳細に説明する。図4には、取付板2の正面図を示している。取付板2の警報器固定面部20には、周方向に沿って3箇所に係止片部24が爪状に形成されている。係止片部24は、警報器本体1の背面部に形成される取付板固定部15に対応した位置に形成されており、これを回転係止させることが可能である。 The structure of the mounting plate 2 will be described in more detail. FIG. 4 shows a front view of the mounting plate 2. On the alarm device fixing surface portion 20 of the mounting plate 2, locking pieces 24 are formed in a claw shape at three locations along the circumferential direction. The locking piece portion 24 is formed at a position corresponding to the mounting plate fixing portion 15 formed on the back surface portion of the alarm device main body 1 and can be rotationally locked.
 また、警報器固定面部20には、取付板2を設置面に対して固定するためのネジを挿通させることのできるネジ孔部22が複数設けられている。本実施形態1では、複数のネジ孔部22のうち、上部12時の方向にあるネジ孔部22を使用するので、以下このネジ孔部22について説明する。 Also, the alarm fixing surface portion 20 is provided with a plurality of screw hole portions 22 through which screws for fixing the mounting plate 2 to the installation surface can be inserted. In this Embodiment 1, since the screw hole part 22 in the direction of the upper part 12 o'clock is used among the plurality of screw hole parts 22, the screw hole part 22 will be described below.
 ネジ孔部22は、下部が大きい径を有し、上部が小さい径を有し、これらが連続した瓢箪状の形状を有している。ネジ孔部22の周囲には、これを囲むように警報器固定面部20から立ち上がる立上がり部23が形成されている。立上がり部23は、正面視略楕円形状をなすように形成されている。 The screw hole portion 22 has a large diameter at the bottom and a small diameter at the top, and has a continuous bowl shape. Around the screw hole portion 22, a rising portion 23 that rises from the alarm fixing surface portion 20 is formed so as to surround the screw hole portion 22. The rising portion 23 is formed to have a substantially elliptical shape when viewed from the front.
 図5には、設置面に締め込まれているネジ30と取付板2との斜視図を示している。ネジ30は、予め設置面に対してある程度の位置まで締め込まれている。この時、ネジ30の頭部31は、設置面から浮いた状態となっている。 FIG. 5 shows a perspective view of the screw 30 and the mounting plate 2 tightened on the installation surface. The screw 30 is previously tightened to a certain position with respect to the installation surface. At this time, the head 31 of the screw 30 is in a state of floating from the installation surface.
 取付板2のネジ孔部22は、下部の大径部分がネジ30の頭部31を挿通させることができる径に形成されている。したがって、ネジ孔部22の下部にネジ30を挿通させ、ネジ30を取付板2の前面側に貫通させた状態とすることができる。この状態から、取付板2を下方にスライドさせることで、ネジ30をネジ孔部22上部の小径部分に位置させる。ネジ孔部22の小径部分は、ネジ30の径よりは大きく、頭部31の径よりは小さいので、ネジ30がネジ孔部22の小径部分に位置することで、ネジ30をさらに締め込むことにより、ネジ30の頭部31をネジ孔部22の周縁部に圧接させ、ネジ30により取付板2を設置面に固定することができる。 The screw hole portion 22 of the mounting plate 2 is formed to have a diameter that allows the lower large-diameter portion to pass through the head portion 31 of the screw 30. Therefore, the screw 30 can be inserted into the lower portion of the screw hole portion 22 and the screw 30 can be passed through the front surface side of the mounting plate 2. From this state, the mounting plate 2 is slid downward to place the screw 30 in the small diameter portion above the screw hole 22. Since the small diameter portion of the screw hole portion 22 is larger than the diameter of the screw 30 and smaller than the diameter of the head portion 31, the screw 30 is further tightened by positioning the screw 30 at the small diameter portion of the screw hole portion 22. Thus, the head portion 31 of the screw 30 can be brought into pressure contact with the peripheral portion of the screw hole portion 22, and the mounting plate 2 can be fixed to the installation surface by the screw 30.
 このとき、ネジ30の頭部31が、周囲の立上がり部23よりも突出しない位置まで、ネジ30を締め込むようにする。すなわち、取付板2を側方から見た場合に、頭部31が立上がり部23に完全に隠れるまで、ネジ30が締め込まれる。このように、立上がり部23は、ネジ30を締め込む深さの目安としても利用することができる。 At this time, the screw 30 is tightened to a position where the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not protrude from the surrounding rising portion 23. That is, when the mounting plate 2 is viewed from the side, the screw 30 is tightened until the head portion 31 is completely hidden by the rising portion 23. Thus, the rising portion 23 can also be used as a guide for the depth at which the screw 30 is tightened.
 図6には、火災警報器の縦断面図を示している。この図には、ネジ30も示されている。ネジ30により取付板2を設置面に固定した状態において、ネジ30の頭部31は、ネジ孔部22の周囲に形成されている立上がり部23の高さを超えない。すなわち、ネジ30の頭部31が立上がり部23よりも正面側に突出しないように、立上がり部23の高さが設定されている。 Fig. 6 shows a longitudinal section of the fire alarm. The screw 30 is also shown in this figure. In a state where the mounting plate 2 is fixed to the installation surface with the screw 30, the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not exceed the height of the rising portion 23 formed around the screw hole portion 22. That is, the height of the rising portion 23 is set so that the head portion 31 of the screw 30 does not protrude to the front side of the rising portion 23.
 ネジ30を固定するネジ孔部22は、取付板2の上部に位置しており、警報器本体1の電池収納部16に収納される電池17とネジ30の頭部31とが対向する。ここで、ネジ30の頭部31の周囲には、当該頭部31を突出させない高さを有する立上がり部23が形成されているので、電池17がネジ30の頭部31に当接することがないようにすることができる。すなわち、取付板2から正面側に露出するネジ30の頭部31が、警報器本体1に影響しないようにすることができる。 The screw hole portion 22 for fixing the screw 30 is located at the upper part of the mounting plate 2, and the battery 17 housed in the battery housing portion 16 of the alarm body 1 and the head portion 31 of the screw 30 face each other. Here, since the rising portion 23 having a height that does not protrude the head portion 31 is formed around the head portion 31 of the screw 30, the battery 17 does not contact the head portion 31 of the screw 30. Can be. That is, the head portion 31 of the screw 30 exposed to the front side from the mounting plate 2 can be prevented from affecting the alarm body 1.
 以上、本発明の実施形態1について説明したが、本発明の適用は本実施形態1には限られず、その技術的思想の範囲内において様々に適用されうる。例えば、本実施形態1では、立上がり部23の高さが、ネジ30の頭部31の突出高さとほぼ同程度とされているが、立上がり部23は頭部31の突出高さより高ければよいので、警報器本体1と干渉しない程度により高く形成されていてもよい。また、ネジ孔部22及び立上がり部23が形成される位置及び数についても、本実施形態1には限られず、必要に応じて適宜配置することができる。さらに、本実施形態1において設置面は壁面であるが、天井面であってもよい。また、本実施形態1において機器は火災警報器であるが、ガス警報器等、他の種類の機器であってもよい。 The first embodiment of the present invention has been described above. However, the application of the present invention is not limited to the first embodiment, and can be applied in various ways within the scope of the technical idea. For example, in the first embodiment, the height of the rising portion 23 is substantially the same as the protruding height of the head portion 31 of the screw 30, but the rising portion 23 only needs to be higher than the protruding height of the head portion 31. It may be formed higher to the extent that it does not interfere with the alarm body 1. Further, the positions and number of the screw hole portions 22 and the rising portions 23 are not limited to those of the first embodiment, and can be appropriately arranged as necessary. Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the installation surface is a wall surface, but may be a ceiling surface. In the first embodiment, the device is a fire alarm, but may be another type of device such as a gas alarm.
〔実施形態2〕
 次に、本発明の実施形態2-1~2-3について、図面に沿って詳細に説明する。本実施形態2-1~2-3では、警報器が火災警報器であるものとして説明する。図7には、本実施形態2-1における火災警報器の正面図を示している。本実施形態2-1の火災警報器は、火災の発生を検出して警報を発する警報器本体201を有している。
[Embodiment 2]
Next, embodiments 2-1 to 2-3 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the embodiments 2-1 to 2-3, description will be made assuming that the alarm device is a fire alarm device. FIG. 7 shows a front view of the fire alarm in the present embodiment 2-1. The fire alarm device of the present embodiment 2-1 has an alarm device body 201 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm.
 警報器本体201は、煙を検出するセンサーなどを内部に有する筐体210を有している。筐体210は、側面部に煙流入口を有し、この煙流入口から煙を筐体210の内部に導き、内部のセンサーによって煙を検出する。 The alarm device body 201 has a housing 210 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like inside. The casing 210 has a smoke inlet on the side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet into the casing 210, and the smoke is detected by an internal sensor.
 筐体210は、室内側に面する前面部211を有し、前面部211には、各種操作を行うための操作ボタン214と、筐体210の内部に設けられるスピーカー217からの音声を発するための音響孔215とが設けられている。 The housing 210 has a front surface portion 211 facing the indoor side. The front surface portion 211 emits sound from operation buttons 214 for performing various operations and a speaker 217 provided inside the housing 210. Acoustic holes 215 are provided.
 図8には、図7のA-A断面図を示している。警報器本体201の背面には、上部に電池収納部218が形成され、その内部には電池219が収納されている。電池収納部218は、背面側に開口する凹状に形成されており、その開口には蓋がされていない。これにより、筐体210を蓋の厚み分、薄型化している。 FIG. 8 shows a cross-sectional view along AA of FIG. On the back surface of the alarm device main body 201, a battery storage portion 218 is formed at an upper portion, and a battery 219 is stored therein. The battery storage portion 218 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 210 is thinned by the thickness of the lid.
 筐体210の内部には、基板部216が配置され、基板部216には煙流入口から流入した煙を検出するための検煙部216aが設けられる。また、図8には表れていないが、基板部216にはスピーカー217が取付固定される。 A substrate unit 216 is disposed inside the housing 210, and the substrate unit 216 is provided with a smoke detector 216a for detecting smoke flowing in from the smoke inlet. Although not shown in FIG. 8, a speaker 217 is attached and fixed to the board portion 216.
 図9には、図7のB-B断面図を示している。この図に示すように、筐体210の内部に形成される中空部分において、基板部216は厚み方向略中央位置に配置され、基板部216に固定されているスピーカー217の正面217aは、音響孔215と対向する。また、基板部216の背面側において、基板部216と筐体210の後面部212との間には空間部が形成される。筐体210の後面部212のうち、この空間部を形成する領域は、孔等を有しておらず、閉塞されている。 FIG. 9 shows a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. As shown in this figure, in the hollow portion formed inside the casing 210, the substrate portion 216 is disposed at a substantially central position in the thickness direction, and the front surface 217a of the speaker 217 fixed to the substrate portion 216 has an acoustic hole. 215 opposite. In addition, a space portion is formed between the substrate portion 216 and the rear surface portion 212 of the housing 210 on the back side of the substrate portion 216. The area | region which forms this space part among the rear surface parts 212 of the housing | casing 210 does not have a hole etc., but is obstruct | occluded.
 図10には、基板部216の正面図を示している。この図に示すように、基板部216は、一部が欠けた略円形状を有しており、中央部には煙を検出するためのセンサー216bが配置されている。基板部216には、周囲部にスピーカー固定部220が形成されていて、スピーカー217はここに固定される。 FIG. 10 shows a front view of the substrate portion 216. As shown in this figure, the substrate portion 216 has a substantially circular shape with a part cut off, and a sensor 216b for detecting smoke is disposed in the center portion. A speaker fixing part 220 is formed on the periphery of the substrate part 216, and the speaker 217 is fixed here.
 スピーカー固定部220は、一部が欠けた略円形状の立上がり部221を有し、立上がり部221の内側にスピーカー217が配置可能となっている。立上がり部221の内側は、基板部216の一部を構成しスピーカー2217の背面と対向する基面部222となっている。基面部222には、複数の小孔からなる貫通部226が形成されている。 The speaker fixing part 220 has a substantially circular rising part 221 with a part cut off, and the speaker 217 can be arranged inside the rising part 221. Inside the rising portion 221 is a base surface portion 222 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 216 and faces the back surface of the speaker 2217. The base surface portion 222 is formed with a through portion 226 made up of a plurality of small holes.
 スピーカー固定部220の一側には、略T字状の固定係止片部223が設けられている。固定係止片部223は、基板部216と一体的であって、基板部216に対して移動できない。また、スピーカー固定部220の固定係止片部223と対向する一側には、基板部216に対して所定方向に移動可能な移動係止片部224が設けられている。固定係止片部223と移動係止片部224は、スピーカー固定部2220に固定されるスピーカー217の直径方向において互いに対向するように配置されている。 A substantially T-shaped fixed locking piece 223 is provided on one side of the speaker fixing portion 220. The fixed locking piece portion 223 is integral with the substrate portion 216 and cannot move with respect to the substrate portion 216. In addition, on one side of the speaker fixing portion 220 facing the fixed locking piece portion 223, a moving locking piece portion 224 that is movable in a predetermined direction with respect to the substrate portion 216 is provided. The fixed locking piece portion 223 and the moving locking piece portion 224 are arranged to face each other in the diameter direction of the speaker 217 fixed to the speaker fixing portion 2220.
 移動係止片部224は、基板部216に片持ち状に支持された弾性片225の先端部に形成されている。弾性片225は、基面部222の外周部に片持ち状に支持されており、これによって、弾性片225は基板部216に対しその厚み方向に弾性変形することができる。これにより、移動係止片部224は、基板部216に対しその厚み方向に移動することができる。 The movable locking piece 224 is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 225 supported in a cantilevered manner by the substrate 216. The elastic piece 225 is supported in a cantilever manner on the outer peripheral portion of the base surface portion 222, whereby the elastic piece 225 can be elastically deformed in the thickness direction with respect to the substrate portion 216. Thereby, the movement locking piece part 224 can move in the thickness direction with respect to the substrate part 216.
 図11にはスピーカー217を取付けた基板部216の正面図を、図12には図11のA-A断面図を、それぞれ示している。スピーカー217は、略円形状を有するスピーカー本体217cを有し、スピーカー本体217cの外周には、直径方向において対向する一対の耳部217dを有している。耳部217dには、固定係止片部223または移動係止片部224を係止させる係止凹部217eが形成されている。 FIG. 11 is a front view of the substrate portion 216 to which the speaker 217 is attached, and FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. The speaker 217 has a speaker body 217c having a substantially circular shape, and has a pair of ear portions 217d opposed to each other in the diameter direction on the outer periphery of the speaker body 217c. A locking recess 217e for locking the fixed locking piece 223 or the moving locking piece 224 is formed in the ear 217d.
 スピーカー217をスピーカー固定部220に取付ける際には、まず、一方の耳部217d側を基面部222から浮かせた状態で、スピーカー217の他方の耳部217dに形成された係止凹部217eを、固定係止片部223に対して係止させる。その後、一方の耳部217d側を移動係止片部224に当てて押圧すると、弾性片225が弾性変形し、移動係止片部224が他方の耳部217dに対して係止される。これにより、スピーカー217が直径方向に対向する2箇所で、スピーカー固定部220に対して係止され、安定的にスピーカー217を基板部216に保持することができる。 When attaching the speaker 217 to the speaker fixing portion 220, first, the locking recess 217e formed on the other ear portion 217d of the speaker 217 is fixed with the one ear portion 217d side floating from the base surface portion 222. The locking piece 223 is locked. Thereafter, when one ear 217d side is pressed against the movement locking piece 224, the elastic piece 225 is elastically deformed, and the movement locking piece 224 is locked to the other ear 217d. As a result, the speaker 217 is locked to the speaker fixing portion 220 at two locations facing each other in the diameter direction, and the speaker 217 can be stably held on the substrate portion 216.
 スピーカー217は、直径方向において対向する耳部217dにおいて、基板部216に対し弾性的に係止固定されるので、温度あるいは湿度等の環境変化により、スピーカー217の固定状態が変化することを抑制することができる。また、スピーカー217は、固定係止片部223及び移動係止片部224によって、挟まれるように係止固定されるが、係止位置はスピーカー217の外周から突出状に形成された耳部217dであるので、スピーカー本体217cの変形を防止し、音圧の低下を防止することができる。 Since the speaker 217 is elastically locked and fixed to the substrate part 216 at the ear part 217d facing in the diameter direction, the speaker 217 is prevented from changing its fixed state due to environmental changes such as temperature or humidity. be able to. Further, the speaker 217 is locked and fixed so as to be sandwiched between the fixed locking piece 223 and the moving locking piece 224, but the locking position is an ear 217 d formed in a protruding shape from the outer periphery of the speaker 217. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the speaker main body 217c from being deformed and to prevent a decrease in sound pressure.
 図9に示すように、スピーカー217は、振動して音声を発する正面217aが、基板部216の正面側に面し、背面217bは、基面部222と対向する。基面部222には、小孔状の貫通部226が形成されているので、スピーカー217の背面217bは、貫通部226を介して基板部216と筐体210の後面部212との間に形成される空間部に面している。 As shown in FIG. 9, the speaker 217 has a front surface 217 a that vibrates and emits sound facing the front side of the substrate portion 216, and a back surface 217 b faces the base surface portion 222. Since the base surface portion 222 has a small hole-shaped through portion 226, the back surface 217 b of the speaker 217 is formed between the substrate portion 216 and the rear surface portion 212 of the housing 210 through the through portion 226. Facing the space.
 スピーカー217が音声を発する際は、正面217a側が振動して音が発生し、その音は筐体210の音響孔215を経て外部に伝播される。一方、スピーカー217の正面217a側の振動は、スピーカー217全体にも広がり、このため、スピーカー217の背面217b側にも音が伝わる。その音は、基面部222に形成された貫通部226を介して筐体210の後面部212側の空間部で共鳴し、外部に伝播される。 When the speaker 217 emits sound, the front 217a side vibrates to generate sound, and the sound is propagated to the outside through the acoustic hole 215 of the housing 210. On the other hand, the vibration on the front surface 217a side of the speaker 217 spreads over the entire speaker 217, so that sound is also transmitted to the back surface 217b side of the speaker 217. The sound resonates in the space portion on the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210 via the through-hole 226 formed in the base surface portion 222 and is transmitted to the outside.
 スピーカー217の背面217b側で音が共鳴する効果は、スピーカー217の径、筐体210の後面部212側の空間部の容積や形状、貫通部226の面積などによって異なってくる。本実施形態2-1では、貫通部226は複数の小孔によって形成されるので、共鳴の効果が最大となるように、貫通部226の面積を調整することができる。 The effect of sound resonance on the back surface 217b side of the speaker 217 varies depending on the diameter of the speaker 217, the volume and shape of the space portion on the rear surface portion 212 side of the casing 210, the area of the through portion 226, and the like. In the present embodiment 2-1, since the through portion 226 is formed by a plurality of small holes, the area of the through portion 226 can be adjusted so that the effect of resonance is maximized.
 具体的には、予め小孔を基面部222に多く形成しておき、火災警報器の部品を全て組み上げた状態で、スピーカー217から音声を発して、その音圧を測定する。次に、基面部222に形成された小孔の一部を樹脂等で塞ぎ、再びスピーカー217から音声を発して音圧を測定する。これを繰り返して、最も音圧の大きかった小孔の数を、実際の製品における小孔の数と設定する。実際の製品を製造する際には、基板部216に対し、予め形成された小孔のうち一部を、設定された小孔の数となるように塞ぐ工程を加える。これにより、スピーカー217からの音圧を最大とした火災警報器を製造することができる。小孔の数の調整は、個別に行ってもよいし、製造ロット毎に設定することもできる。なお、この調整を行うことなく、全て同じ数の小孔により貫通部226を形成するようにしてもよい。 Specifically, a large number of small holes are formed in the base surface portion 222 in advance, and a sound is emitted from the speaker 217 in a state where all parts of the fire alarm are assembled, and the sound pressure is measured. Next, a part of the small hole formed in the base surface portion 222 is closed with resin or the like, and sound is again emitted from the speaker 217 to measure the sound pressure. By repeating this, the number of small holes with the highest sound pressure is set as the number of small holes in the actual product. When manufacturing an actual product, a step of closing a part of the small holes formed in advance so as to have the set number of small holes is added to the substrate portion 216. Thereby, the fire alarm which made the sound pressure from the speaker 217 the maximum can be manufactured. The number of small holes may be adjusted individually or may be set for each production lot. In addition, you may make it form the penetration part 226 by all the same number of small holes, without performing this adjustment.
 このように、スピーカー217の背面217bと対向する基面部222に、基板部216と筐体210の後面部212との間に形成される空間部に連通する貫通部226を形成することで、スピーカー217からの音圧を大きくすることができる。すなわち、スピーカー217の径を小さくしても、所定の音圧を達成することができるので、筐体210の小型化を図ることができる。 Thus, by forming the through-hole portion 226 communicating with the space portion formed between the substrate portion 216 and the rear surface portion 212 of the housing 210 in the base surface portion 222 facing the back surface 217b of the speaker 217, the speaker The sound pressure from 217 can be increased. That is, even if the diameter of the speaker 217 is reduced, a predetermined sound pressure can be achieved, so that the housing 210 can be downsized.
 また、貫通部226が複数の小孔によって形成されることで、小孔の数を調整することにより、スピーカー217の音圧を最大化することができると共に、小孔であることから、検煙部216a側への虫等の侵入も防止することができる。 In addition, since the penetrating portion 226 is formed by a plurality of small holes, the sound pressure of the speaker 217 can be maximized by adjusting the number of small holes, and the smoke detection is performed because the through holes 226 are small holes. Invasion of insects or the like into the portion 216a side can also be prevented.
 次に、本発明の実施形態2-2について説明する。図13には、実施形態2-2の火災警報器に用いられる基板部230の正面図を示している。本実施形態2-2は、基板部230に設けられるスピーカー固定部231以外の構成は、実施形態2-1と共通するので、スピーカー固定部231についてのみ説明する。 Next, Embodiment 2-2 of the present invention will be described. FIG. 13 shows a front view of the substrate unit 230 used in the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-2. Since the configuration of Embodiment 2-2 is the same as that of Embodiment 2-1, except for the speaker fixing portion 231 provided on the substrate unit 230, only the speaker fixing portion 231 will be described.
 スピーカー固定部231は、外周部に基板部230から立ち上がる立上がり部232を有しており、その内側の領域は、基板部230の一部を構成する基面部233となっている。基面部233の一側には、固定係止片部234が形成されている。基面部233の固定係止片部234が形成されている側と反対側には、端部から基面部233の中央を越える位置まで達する2つのスリット部237が形成されている。2つのスリット部237は、互いに並行となるように形成され、それぞれ径の異なる弧状の部分を有するように形成されている。これにより、基面部233には、基板部230の厚み方向に弾性変形可能な弾性片236が形成される。 The speaker fixing portion 231 has a rising portion 232 that rises from the substrate portion 230 on the outer peripheral portion, and an inner region thereof is a base surface portion 233 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 230. A fixed locking piece portion 234 is formed on one side of the base surface portion 233. Two slit portions 237 are formed on the side of the base surface portion 233 opposite to the side where the fixed locking piece portion 234 is formed. The slit portions 237 reach from the end portion to a position beyond the center of the base surface portion 233. The two slit portions 237 are formed so as to be parallel to each other, and are formed to have arc-shaped portions having different diameters. As a result, an elastic piece 236 that is elastically deformable in the thickness direction of the substrate portion 230 is formed on the base surface portion 233.
 弾性片236の先端部には、固定係止片部234とスピーカー217の直径方向において対向するように、移動係止片部235が形成される。本実施形態2-2の弾性片236は、基板部30に片持ち状に支持されている点では、実施形態2-1と同様であるが、弾性片236を形成するスリット部237が、一端部から基面部233の中央を越える位置まで達していることで、弾性片236の変形量が実施形態2-1の場合に比べて大きい。したがって、スピーカー固定部231にスピーカー217を取付ける際に、移動係止片部235をスピーカー217の係止凹部217eに係止させやすく、取付作業を容易化できる。 A movable locking piece 235 is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 236 so as to face the fixed locking piece 234 in the diameter direction of the speaker 217. The elastic piece 236 of the present embodiment 2-2 is the same as the embodiment 2-1 in that the elastic piece 236 is supported in a cantilever manner on the substrate unit 30, but the slit portion 237 forming the elastic piece 236 has one end. By reaching the position beyond the center of the base surface portion 233 from the portion, the amount of deformation of the elastic piece 236 is larger than in the case of the embodiment 2-1. Therefore, when attaching the speaker 217 to the speaker fixing portion 231, the movement locking piece 235 can be easily locked to the locking recess 217 e of the speaker 217, and the mounting work can be facilitated.
 また、基面部233に形成されたスリット部237は、スピーカー217の背面217bと筐体210の後面部212側に形成される空間部とを連通させる貫通部としても機能する。したがって、スピーカー217からの音圧を大きくする効果も、実施形態2-1と同様に得ることができる。 In addition, the slit portion 237 formed in the base surface portion 233 also functions as a through portion that communicates the back surface 217b of the speaker 217 and the space portion formed on the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210. Therefore, the effect of increasing the sound pressure from the speaker 217 can be obtained as in the case of the embodiment 2-1.
 次に、本発明の実施形態2-3について説明する。図14には、実施形態2-3の火災警報器に用いられる基板部240の正面図を示している。本実施形態2-3も、基板部240に設けられるスピーカー固定部241以外の構成は、実施形態2-1と共通するので、スピーカー固定部241についてのみ説明する。 Next, Embodiment 2-3 of the present invention will be described. FIG. 14 shows a front view of the board portion 240 used in the fire alarm of Embodiment 2-3. Since the configuration of Embodiment 2-3 is the same as that of Embodiment 2-1, except for the speaker fixing portion 241 provided on the board portion 240, only the speaker fixing portion 241 will be described.
 スピーカー固定部241は、外周部に基板部240から立ち上がる立上がり部242を有しており、その内側の領域は、基板部240の一部を構成する基面部243となっている。基面部243の一側には、固定係止片部244が形成されている。基面部243の固定係止片部244が形成されている側と反対側には、移動係止片部245が形成されている。移動係止片部245は、基板部240との間を細径のブリッジ部247で接続してなる島状部246に形成されている。 The speaker fixing portion 241 has a rising portion 242 that rises from the substrate portion 240 on the outer peripheral portion, and an inner region thereof is a base surface portion 243 that constitutes a part of the substrate portion 240. A fixed locking piece portion 244 is formed on one side of the base surface portion 243. On the side of the base surface portion 243 opposite to the side on which the fixed locking piece portion 244 is formed, a moving locking piece portion 245 is formed. The movable locking piece portion 245 is formed in an island-like portion 246 formed by connecting the substrate portion 240 with a thin bridge portion 247.
 島状部246は、細径のブリッジ部247で基板部240と接続されているので、基板部240に対してその平面方向、具体的には対向する固定係止片部244から遠ざかる方向に弾性的に移動可能となっている。これにより、移動係止片部245を移動可能としている。スピーカー217をスピーカー固定部241に取付ける際には、固定係止片部244に対して一方の係止凹部217eが係止されたスピーカー217が、ブリッジ部247の弾性変形により島状部246を移動させることで、他方の係止凹部217eを移動係止片部245に係止させることができる。 Since the island-like portion 246 is connected to the substrate portion 240 by a small-diameter bridge portion 247, the island-like portion 246 is elastic in the planar direction with respect to the substrate portion 240, specifically, in the direction away from the opposing fixed locking piece portion 244. It is possible to move. Thereby, the movement locking piece 245 can be moved. When the speaker 217 is attached to the speaker fixing portion 241, the speaker 217 having one locking recess 217 e locked to the fixed locking piece 244 moves the island-shaped portion 246 by elastic deformation of the bridge portion 247. By doing so, the other locking recess 217e can be locked to the moving locking piece 245.
 また、島状部246と基板部240との間には、隙間部248が形成される。このうち、島状部246の基面部243中央位置側に形成される隙間部248は、基面部243内に配置されるので、スピーカー217の背面217bと筐体210の後面部212側に形成される空間部とを連通させる貫通部としても機能する。したがって、スピーカー217からの音圧を大きくする効果も、実施形態2-1と同様に得ることができる。 Further, a gap portion 248 is formed between the island-like portion 246 and the substrate portion 240. Among these, the gap portion 248 formed on the central position side of the base surface portion 243 of the island-shaped portion 246 is disposed in the base surface portion 243, so that it is formed on the rear surface portion 217 b of the speaker 217 and the rear surface portion 212 side of the housing 210. It also functions as a penetrating part that communicates with the space part. Therefore, the effect of increasing the sound pressure from the speaker 217 can be obtained as in the case of the embodiment 2-1.
 以上、本発明の実施形態2-1~2-3について説明したが、本発明の適用は本実施形態2-1~2-3には限られず、その技術的思想の範囲内において様々に適用されうる。例えば、上述の実施形態2-1~2-3では、スピーカー固定部220は、1つの固定係止片部223と1つの移動係止片部224を有しており、これらが対向配置されているが、3つ以上の係止片部がスピーカー217の周方向複数箇所に配置されていてもよい。この場合、少なくとも1つの係止片部を移動係止片部とし、それ以外の係止片部を固定係止片部とすることができる。 Although the embodiments 2-1 to 2-3 of the present invention have been described above, the application of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments 2-1 to 2-3, and can be applied in various ways within the scope of the technical idea. Can be done. For example, in Embodiments 2-1 to 2-3 described above, the speaker fixing portion 220 has one fixed locking piece 223 and one moving locking piece 224, which are arranged to face each other. However, three or more locking pieces may be disposed at a plurality of locations in the circumferential direction of the speaker 217. In this case, at least one locking piece portion can be a moving locking piece portion, and the other locking piece portions can be fixed locking piece portions.
〔実施形態3〕
 次に、本発明の実施形態3について、図面に沿って詳細に説明する。本実施形態3では、警報器が火災警報器であるものとして説明する。図15には、本実施形態3における火災警報器の正面図を示している。本実施形態3の火災警報器は、火災の発生を検出して警報を発する警報器本体301を有している。
[Embodiment 3]
Next, Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the third embodiment, description will be made assuming that the alarm device is a fire alarm device. In FIG. 15, the front view of the fire alarm in this Embodiment 3 is shown. The fire alarm device of the third embodiment has an alarm body 301 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm.
 警報器本体301は、煙を検出するセンサーなどを内部に有する筐体310を有している。筐体310は、側面部に煙流入口を有し、この煙流入口から煙を筐体310の内部に導き、センサーによって煙を検出する。 The alarm device body 301 includes a housing 310 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like. The housing 310 has a smoke inlet on a side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet to the inside of the housing 310, and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
 筐体310は、室内側に面する前面311を有し、前面311には、各種操作を行うための操作ボタン313と、筐体310の内部に設けられるスピーカーからの音声を発するための音響孔314とが設けられている。筐体310には、操作ボタン313を配置してこれを正面側に露出させるため、開口部310aが形成されている。 The housing 310 has a front surface 311 facing the indoor side. The front surface 311 has operation buttons 313 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 310. 314 are provided. The housing 310 is provided with an opening 310a for arranging the operation button 313 and exposing it to the front side.
 火災警報器を使用開始する際に、操作ボタン313を最初に押圧操作することで、電源投入を行うことができる。電源投入されると、火災警報器は火災の感知を開始する。また、電源投入後、通常時において操作ボタン313を押圧操作することで、センサーのテストを行うことができる。通常時におけるテストは、電池切れや交換期限メッセージ、スピーカーの断線についても行うことができる。さらに、センサーにより火災が検出されて、警報が発報された場合に、操作ボタン313を押圧操作することで、警報を停止させることができる。このように、操作ボタン313は、一つの押圧操作で異なる動作を状況に応じて火災警報器に行わせることができる。 When starting to use the fire alarm, the power can be turned on by first pressing the operation button 313. When powered on, the fire alarm will begin to detect fire. In addition, after the power is turned on, the sensor can be tested by pressing the operation button 313 at a normal time. The normal test can also be done for battery exhaustion, replacement time limit message, and speaker disconnection. Furthermore, when a fire is detected by the sensor and an alarm is issued, the alarm can be stopped by pressing the operation button 313. As described above, the operation button 313 can cause the fire alarm to perform different operations according to the situation by one pressing operation.
 図16には、図15のA-A断面図を示している。この図に示すように、警報器本体301の背面には、上部に電池収納部316が形成され、その内部には電池317が収納されている。電池収納部316は、背面側に開口する凹状に形成されており、その開口には蓋がされていない。これにより、筐体310を蓋の厚み分、薄型化している。 FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. As shown in this figure, a battery storage portion 316 is formed in the upper portion of the back surface of the alarm device main body 301, and a battery 317 is stored therein. The battery storage portion 316 is formed in a concave shape that opens to the back side, and the opening is not covered. Thereby, the housing 310 is made thinner by the thickness of the lid.
 操作ボタン313は、筐体310の開口部310aから露出する操作部320を有している。操作部320は、筐体310の前面311と略面一状となっており、この操作部320を筐体310の奥側に押圧するように操作することができる。筐体310内には、操作ボタン313の操作部320と対向するようにスイッチ318が配置されており、操作ボタン313が押圧操作されることに伴い、スイッチ318が押圧される。スイッチ318が押圧されることにより、火災警報器が操作ボタン313の押圧操作を検出することができる。 The operation button 313 has an operation unit 320 exposed from the opening 310a of the housing 310. The operation unit 320 is substantially flush with the front surface 311 of the housing 310, and can be operated so as to press the operation unit 320 toward the back side of the housing 310. A switch 318 is disposed in the housing 310 so as to face the operation unit 320 of the operation button 313. When the operation button 313 is pressed, the switch 318 is pressed. When the switch 318 is pressed, the fire alarm can detect the pressing operation of the operation button 313.
 操作ボタン313の構成についてより詳細に説明する。図17には操作ボタン313の正面図を、図18には操作ボタン313の側面図を、図19には図17のA-A断面図を、図20には操作ボタン313を背面側から見た斜視図を、それぞれ示している。操作ボタン313は、上下方向に長い正面視略楕円形状に形成された操作部320と、操作部320の一端部である下端部から下方に垂下される二つで一対の外方延出部321と、外方延出部321間で操作部320の下端部から下方に垂下される弾性片323と、操作部320から背面側に向かって延びる後方延出部325とを有している。二つの外方延出部321と後方延出部325とは一体化されて、下方に開放する断面略コ字状をなしている。 The configuration of the operation button 313 will be described in more detail. 17 is a front view of the operation button 313, FIG. 18 is a side view of the operation button 313, FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 17, and FIG. Each perspective view is shown. The operation button 313 includes a pair of outwardly extending portions 321 that are downwardly hung from a lower end portion that is one end portion of the operation portion 320 and an operation portion 320 that is formed in a substantially elliptical shape when viewed from the front. And an elastic piece 323 that hangs downward from the lower end of the operation portion 320 between the outward extension portions 321 and a rearward extension portion 325 that extends from the operation portion 320 toward the back side. The two outward extending portions 321 and the rear extending portion 325 are integrated to form a substantially U-shaped cross section that opens downward.
 外方延出部321の外側に向かう面には、それぞれ側方に向かって突出する回転軸部322が形成されている。回転軸部322は、筐体310の軸受け部310bに対して回転可能に係止される。これにより、操作ボタン313は、回転軸部322を中心として、背面側に傾倒する方向に回動することができる。 Rotating shaft portions 322 projecting sideways are formed on the surface of the outward extending portion 321 that faces the outside. The rotation shaft portion 322 is rotatably locked to the bearing portion 310b of the housing 310. Thereby, the operation button 313 can be rotated in the direction of tilting to the back side with the rotation shaft portion 322 as the center.
 弾性片323は、図19に示すように、薄い板状に形成されており、操作部320の押圧方向に沿って弾性変形可能となっている。弾性片323の先端部には、正面側に突出する係止部324が形成されている。係止部324は、図16に示されているように、筐体310の内面下端部付近に形成された係止受け部310cに対して係止される。この係止状態において、弾性片323は操作ボタン313が押圧から復帰する方向、すなわち、警報器本体301の正面側に若干、付勢された状態となっている。 The elastic piece 323 is formed in a thin plate shape as shown in FIG. 19 and can be elastically deformed along the pressing direction of the operation unit 320. A locking portion 324 that protrudes to the front side is formed at the tip of the elastic piece 323. As shown in FIG. 16, the locking portion 324 is locked to a locking receiving portion 310 c formed near the lower end of the inner surface of the housing 310. In this locked state, the elastic piece 323 is slightly biased in the direction in which the operation button 313 returns from being pressed, that is, the front side of the alarm device body 301.
 操作ボタン313は、操作部320の周囲に縁部328を有している。また、筐体310は開口部310aの縁部に段部310dを有し、操作ボタン313の縁部328は段部310dに対し背面側から当接している。前述のように、操作ボタン313は弾性片323により、警報器本体301の正面側に付勢されているので、操作ボタン313の縁部328は筐体310の段部310dに対して圧接した状態となっている。これにより、操作ボタン313のぐらつきや不意の力による脱落などを防止できる。 The operation button 313 has an edge 328 around the operation unit 320. The housing 310 has a step portion 310d at the edge of the opening 310a, and the edge portion 328 of the operation button 313 is in contact with the step portion 310d from the back side. As described above, since the operation button 313 is urged to the front side of the alarm main body 301 by the elastic piece 323, the edge portion 328 of the operation button 313 is in pressure contact with the step portion 310d of the housing 310. It has become. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the operation button 313 from wobbling or falling off due to unexpected force.
 弾性片323は、このように元々操作ボタン313の復帰方向に付勢されているが、操作ボタン313が押圧操作され、回転軸部322を中心に傾倒すると、下端部の係止部324が筐体310に対して係止されているため、背面側に向かって反るように弾性変形し、より強固な力で操作ボタン313を復帰方向に付勢する。 The elastic piece 323 is originally urged in the return direction of the operation button 313 as described above. However, when the operation button 313 is pressed and tilted about the rotation shaft portion 322, the locking portion 324 at the lower end is moved to the housing. Since it is locked to the body 310, it is elastically deformed so as to warp toward the back side, and the operation button 313 is urged in the return direction with a stronger force.
 後方延出部325には、図20に示すように、後端近傍に横方向のスリット部326が形成されている。図21には、火災警報器の背面側からの斜視図を示している。この図に示すように、操作ボタン313の後方延出部325は、筐体310の背面側に露出している。 As shown in FIG. 20, a lateral slit 326 is formed near the rear end of the rear extension 325. In FIG. 21, the perspective view from the back side of a fire alarm is shown. As shown in this figure, the rear extension 325 of the operation button 313 is exposed on the back side of the housing 310.
 図22には、図21のうち後方延出部325付近の拡大図を示している。本図では、後方延出部325に引き紐330を取付けた状態を示している。スリット部326には、引き紐330の先端部を挿通させることができる。引き紐330の先端部には、結び目が形成されており、スリット部326の幅は、引き紐330の径よりは大きく、結び目の径よりは小さくなるように設定されている。このため、引き紐330の先端部に予め結び目を形成しておき、引き紐330の結び目よりも先端側と反対側の部分をスリット部326に挿入し、引き紐330を下方に引くことで、引き紐330を操作ボタン313に対し容易に取付けることができる。引き紐330が取付けられるスリット部326は、回転軸部322に対して後方の上方に形成されているので、引き紐330を下方に引くことにより、回転軸部322を中心として操作ボタン313を背面側に傾倒する方向に回動させることができる。 FIG. 22 shows an enlarged view of the vicinity of the rear extension 325 in FIG. In this figure, the state where the pulling string 330 is attached to the rearward extending portion 325 is shown. The leading end of the drawstring 330 can be inserted through the slit portion 326. A knot is formed at the leading end of the drawstring 330, and the width of the slit portion 326 is set to be larger than the diameter of the drawstring 330 and smaller than the diameter of the knot. For this reason, a knot is formed in advance at the tip of the drawstring 330, a portion on the opposite side of the tip from the knot of the drawstring 330 is inserted into the slit portion 326, and the drawstring 330 is pulled downward, The pull string 330 can be easily attached to the operation button 313. The slit portion 326 to which the pull string 330 is attached is formed on the rear upper side with respect to the rotation shaft portion 322. Therefore, by pulling the pull string 330 downward, the operation button 313 is centered on the rotation shaft portion 322. It can be rotated in the direction of tilting to the side.
 スリット部326は、後方延出部325の後端近傍に形成されているため、スリット部326と後方延出部325の後端との間の部分である後端部325aの幅が小さくなっている。このため、後方延出部325の後端部325aは、スリット部326の幅を広げる方向に変形することができる。 Since the slit part 326 is formed in the vicinity of the rear end of the rear extension part 325, the width of the rear end part 325a that is a part between the slit part 326 and the rear end of the rear extension part 325 is reduced. Yes. For this reason, the rear end part 325a of the rearward extension part 325 can be deformed in a direction in which the width of the slit part 326 is increased.
 引き紐330に大きな力が加わった場合、その力がそのまま操作ボタン313に伝わると、操作ボタン313や筐体310を破損させる可能性がある。スリット部326が、幅の広がる方向に変形可能となっていることで、引き紐330に下方への大きな力が加わった場合には、結び目がスリット部326を押し広げ、そのまま抜けてしまうので、操作部320に大きな力が加わらないようにすることができる。引き紐330の結び目がスリット部326から抜ける力の大きさは、操作ボタン313や筐体310の強度に応じて適宜設定することができるが、本実施形態3では8~10kg程度としている。 When a large force is applied to the drawstring 330, if the force is directly transmitted to the operation button 313, the operation button 313 or the housing 310 may be damaged. Since the slit portion 326 can be deformed in the direction in which the width is increased, when a large downward force is applied to the drawstring 330, the knot spreads the slit portion 326 and falls off as it is. It is possible to prevent a large force from being applied to the operation unit 320. The magnitude of the force with which the knot of the drawstring 330 is pulled out from the slit portion 326 can be set as appropriate according to the strength of the operation button 313 or the housing 310, but in the third embodiment, it is about 8 to 10 kg.
 図23には、図15のB-B断面のうち、筐体310下部の拡大図を示している。この図に示すように、筐体310の内部には、上方に開放するU字状の軸受け部310bが形成され、この軸受け部310bに操作ボタン313の回転軸部322が納められ、回転自在となっている。 FIG. 23 shows an enlarged view of the lower portion of the housing 310 in the BB cross section of FIG. As shown in this figure, a U-shaped bearing portion 310b that opens upward is formed inside the housing 310, and the rotation shaft portion 322 of the operation button 313 is accommodated in the bearing portion 310b, so that it can rotate freely. It has become.
 図24には、図16の状態から操作ボタン313を押圧操作した状態における筐体310下部の拡大断面図を示している。操作ボタン313は、下方に位置する回転軸部322を中心に回動可能となっているので、図24に示すように、操作部320を押圧操作すると、操作部320の上側が背面側に傾倒し、操作部320は筐体310内のスイッチ318を押圧する。このとき、前述のように、操作ボタン313の弾性片323は、係止部324が筐体310の係止受け部310cに係止されることで、操作ボタン313をその復帰方向に付勢しているが、その状態からさらに操作ボタン313の復帰方向に付勢するよう、弾性変形する。したがって、操作部320から手を離すと、操作ボタン313は元の位置に戻ることができる。なお、後方延出部325に引き紐330を取付け、この引き紐330を引いた場合も、操作ボタン313は同様に動作する。 FIG. 24 shows an enlarged cross-sectional view of the lower portion of the housing 310 in a state where the operation button 313 is pressed from the state of FIG. Since the operation button 313 can be rotated around the rotation shaft portion 322 positioned below, when the operation portion 320 is pressed as shown in FIG. 24, the upper side of the operation portion 320 is tilted to the back side. Then, the operation unit 320 presses the switch 318 in the housing 310. At this time, as described above, the elastic piece 323 of the operation button 313 urges the operation button 313 in its return direction by the locking portion 324 being locked to the locking receiving portion 310c of the housing 310. However, it is elastically deformed so as to further urge the operation button 313 in the returning direction from that state. Therefore, when the hand is released from the operation unit 320, the operation button 313 can return to the original position. The operation button 313 operates in the same manner when the pull string 330 is attached to the rear extension 325 and the pull string 330 is pulled.
 このように、軸受け部310bを有する筐体310と、全体が一体的で回転軸部322を有する操作ボタン313とで押しボタンを構成したことにより、簡単な構造で押圧動作及び復帰動作を可能とできる。また、部品点数が少ないので、部品公差による押圧操作のばらつきも抑制することができる。 As described above, the push button is configured by the casing 310 having the bearing portion 310b and the operation button 313 which is integrally formed and has the rotating shaft portion 322, thereby enabling a pressing operation and a returning operation with a simple structure. it can. In addition, since the number of parts is small, variations in pressing operations due to part tolerances can be suppressed.
 また、操作ボタン313の回転中心となる回転軸部322は、押圧操作される操作部320より下方となる外方延出部321に形成されているので、操作部320の押圧深さを十分に確保できる。特に、操作部320は上下方向に長い略楕円形状であるため、回転軸部322からの距離を大きくし、押圧深さを大きくすることができる。 Further, the rotation shaft portion 322 serving as the rotation center of the operation button 313 is formed in the outward extending portion 321 below the operation portion 320 to be pressed, so that the pressing depth of the operation portion 320 is sufficiently increased. It can be secured. In particular, since the operation unit 320 has a substantially elliptical shape that is long in the vertical direction, the distance from the rotation shaft unit 322 can be increased and the pressing depth can be increased.
 また、操作ボタン313の下部には、先端部に係止部324を有する弾性片323が形成され、係止部324は筐体310に係止されているので、操作部320を押圧した際に、弾性片323が弾性変形して、操作ボタン313を元に戻る方向に付勢するので、操作部320から手を離すと、操作ボタン313が復帰動作することができる。さらに、弾性片323は係止部324が筐体310に係止された状態で、操作ボタン313を復帰方向に付勢し、操作ボタン313は縁部328が筐体310の段部310dに背面側から当接しているので、操作ボタン313がぐらつき、あるいは筐体310から外れて脱落することを防止できる。 In addition, an elastic piece 323 having a locking portion 324 at the tip is formed in the lower part of the operation button 313, and the locking portion 324 is locked to the housing 310, so that when the operation portion 320 is pressed, Since the elastic piece 323 is elastically deformed and urges the operation button 313 to return to the original state, the operation button 313 can be returned when the hand is released from the operation unit 320. Further, the elastic piece 323 urges the operation button 313 in the return direction in a state where the locking portion 324 is locked to the housing 310, and the operation button 313 has an edge portion 328 on the back surface of the step 310 d of the housing 310. Since the contact is made from the side, the operation button 313 can be prevented from wobbling or coming off from the housing 310 and dropping off.
 以上、本発明の実施形態3について説明したが、本発明の適用は本実施形態3には限られず、その技術的思想の範囲内において様々に適用されうる。例えば、操作ボタン313の警報器本体301における位置や大きさ、形状は、本実施形態3には限定されない。本実施形態3において操作ボタン313は、上下方向に長い形状を有しているが、左右方向に長い形状を有していてもよいし、また、円形状や四角形状などであってもよい。また、操作ボタン313の回転軸部322の位置についても、下端部には限られず、上端部や左右端部などであってもよい。さらに、本実施形態3では、警報器を火災警報器であるものとしたが、ガス警報器等、他の種類の警報器であってもよい。 Although the third embodiment of the present invention has been described above, the application of the present invention is not limited to the third embodiment, and can be variously applied within the scope of its technical idea. For example, the position, size, and shape of the operation button 313 in the alarm device main body 301 are not limited to the third embodiment. In the third embodiment, the operation button 313 has a shape that is long in the vertical direction. However, the operation button 313 may have a shape that is long in the left-right direction, and may have a circular shape, a square shape, or the like. Further, the position of the rotation shaft portion 322 of the operation button 313 is not limited to the lower end portion, and may be the upper end portion, the left and right end portions, or the like. Further, in the third embodiment, the alarm device is a fire alarm device, but other types of alarm devices such as a gas alarm device may be used.
〔実施形態4〕
 最後に、本発明の実施形態4について、図面に沿って詳細に説明する。図25には、本実施形態4における火災警報器の正面側から見た斜視図を示している。本実施形態4の火災警報器は、火災の発生を検出して警報を発する警報器本体401と、警報器本体401を設置面に対して取付ける取付板402とを有している。
[Embodiment 4]
Finally, Embodiment 4 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In FIG. 25, the perspective view seen from the front side of the fire alarm in this Embodiment 4 is shown. The fire alarm device according to the fourth embodiment includes an alarm main body 401 that detects the occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm, and a mounting plate 402 that attaches the alarm main body 401 to an installation surface.
 警報器本体401は、煙を検出するセンサーなどを内部に有する筐体410を有している。筐体410は、側面部に煙流入口412を有し、この煙流入口412から煙を筐体410の内部に導き、センサーによって煙を検出する。 The alarm device body 401 has a housing 410 having a sensor for detecting smoke and the like inside. The casing 410 has a smoke inlet 412 on a side surface thereof, the smoke is guided from the smoke inlet 412 to the inside of the casing 410, and the smoke is detected by a sensor.
 筐体410は、室内側に面する前面411を有し、前面411には、各種操作を行うための操作ボタン413と、筐体410の内部に設けられるスピーカーからの音声を発するための音響孔414とが設けられている。 The housing 410 has a front surface 411 facing the indoor side. The front surface 411 has an operation button 413 for performing various operations and an acoustic hole for emitting sound from a speaker provided inside the housing 410. 414.
 取付板402は、警報器本体401の背面側に設けられ、警報器本体401を固定することができる。取付板402が固定される設置面は、本実施形態4では住宅の壁面である。ただし、住宅の天井面等、設置面は他の面であってもよい。取付板402が、垂直面である設置面に対して固定された後、取付板402に対して警報器本体401が取付固定される。 The mounting plate 402 is provided on the back side of the alarm device body 401 and can fix the alarm device body 401. In the fourth embodiment, the installation surface to which the mounting plate 402 is fixed is a wall surface of a house. However, the installation surface such as the ceiling surface of the house may be another surface. After the mounting plate 402 is fixed to the installation surface, which is a vertical surface, the alarm device body 401 is mounted and fixed to the mounting plate 402.
 図26には、火災警報器の縦断面図を示している。取付板402はネジ孔部421を有し、このネジ孔部421に挿通されるネジ22により、設置面に対して固定される。また、取付板402は、警報器本体401の背面側を固定する警報器固定面部420を有している。警報器本体401は、警報器固定面部420に対して係止固定される。 FIG. 26 shows a longitudinal sectional view of the fire alarm. The mounting plate 402 has a screw hole portion 421, and is fixed to the installation surface by the screw 22 inserted through the screw hole portion 421. The mounting plate 402 has an alarm device fixing surface portion 420 that fixes the back surface side of the alarm device body 401. The alarm device body 401 is locked and fixed to the alarm device fixing surface 420.
 警報器本体401は、筐体410の上部に電池収納部416を有し、電池収納部416内には電池417が納められる。また、筐体410の内部には、煙流入口412から流入した煙を検出するための検煙部430が配置されている。検煙部430は、筐体410内に納められる基板部432に設けられ、外部からの光を遮って、侵入した煙を検出するための検煙領域431を有すると共に、この検煙領域431を覆う検煙部カバー433を有している。 The alarm device body 401 has a battery storage unit 416 at the top of the housing 410, and the battery 417 is stored in the battery storage unit 416. A smoke detector 430 for detecting smoke flowing from the smoke inlet 412 is disposed inside the housing 410. The smoke detecting section 430 is provided on the substrate section 432 accommodated in the housing 410, and has a smoke detecting area 431 for detecting the intruding smoke by blocking the light from the outside. The smoke detection unit cover 433 is covered.
 図27には、検煙部430を有する基板部432の斜視図を示している。この図に示すように、基板部432は、一部が欠けた略円形状を有しており、中央部に検煙部カバー433が被さるように設けられている。検煙部カバー433の天面は、円形状の基部440である。検煙部カバー433の外周面部分には、検煙領域431への虫等の侵入を防止するための網部材434が設けられている。また、基板部432には、スピーカー418を納めて固定するためのスピーカー収納部432aが周縁部に形成されている。 FIG. 27 shows a perspective view of the substrate portion 432 having the smoke detecting portion 430. As shown in this figure, the substrate part 432 has a substantially circular shape with a part cut off, and is provided so that a smoke detection part cover 433 covers the center part. The top surface of the smoke detector cover 433 is a circular base 440. A net member 434 for preventing insects and the like from entering the smoke detection area 431 is provided on the outer peripheral surface portion of the smoke detection section cover 433. In addition, a speaker housing portion 432a for housing and fixing the speaker 418 is formed on the peripheral portion of the substrate portion 432.
 図28には、検煙部430の内部を表した断面図を示している。検煙部カバー433には、基部440から基板部432に向かって複数の遮光壁部441が立設されている。この図に示すように、検煙部カバー433の遮光壁部441は、一方向に向かって伸びる単板形状を有しており、複数の遮光壁部441により、検煙領域431の全周を囲んでいる。遮光壁部441の伸びる方向は、検煙領域431の周方向と径方向のいずれにも向いている。遮光壁部441間には、煙が検煙領域431内に侵入できるように、隙間が設けられている。一方、遮光壁部441の一端部441aと、隣接する遮光壁部441の他端部441bとは、周方向において互いに重なり合うように配置されている。 FIG. 28 shows a cross-sectional view showing the inside of the smoke detector 430. A plurality of light shielding wall portions 441 are erected on the smoke detector cover 433 from the base portion 440 toward the substrate portion 432. As shown in this figure, the light shielding wall portion 441 of the smoke detecting section cover 433 has a single plate shape extending in one direction, and the entire circumference of the smoke detecting area 431 is surrounded by the plurality of light shielding wall portions 441. Surrounding. The direction in which the light shielding wall portion 441 extends is directed to both the circumferential direction and the radial direction of the smoke detection region 431. A gap is provided between the light shielding walls 441 so that smoke can enter the smoke detection area 431. On the other hand, one end 441a of the light shielding wall 441 and the other end 441b of the adjacent light shielding wall 441 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the circumferential direction.
 遮光壁部441の一端部441aの外周面には、検煙領域431の外周面を形成する弧状面部441cが形成されている。複数の遮光壁部441により、弧状面部441cは断続的な円周面を形成する。この弧状面部441cに沿って、網部材434が検煙部カバー433の外周面を形成するように配置固定される。 An arcuate surface portion 441c that forms the outer peripheral surface of the smoke detection region 431 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the one end portion 441a of the light shielding wall portion 441. The arcuate surface portion 441c forms an intermittent circumferential surface by the plurality of light shielding wall portions 441. Along the arcuate surface portion 441c, the mesh member 434 is arranged and fixed so as to form the outer peripheral surface of the smoke detecting portion cover 433.
 検煙領域431の内部には、発光部435とセンサー部436とが設置基部437に配置されている。発光部435は、光を発することのできるレーザーダイオードや赤外線LEDなどによって構成され、検煙領域431の中央上方側に向かうように配置されている。センサー部436は、検煙領域431の中心を挟んだ反対側に配置され、検煙領域431の中央上方側を向いている。センサー部436は、検知位置436aに入射する光を検知することができるフォトダイオードなどによって構成されている。 Inside the smoke detection area 431, a light emitting unit 435 and a sensor unit 436 are arranged on the installation base 437. The light emitting unit 435 is configured by a laser diode, an infrared LED, or the like that can emit light, and is disposed so as to be directed toward the upper center side of the smoke detection region 431. The sensor unit 436 is disposed on the opposite side across the center of the smoke detection area 431 and faces the upper center side of the smoke detection area 431. The sensor unit 436 includes a photodiode that can detect light incident on the detection position 436a.
 発光部435からの光は、センサー部436の斜め上方に向かって出射されるので、通常時にはセンサー部436において光は検知されない。一方、検煙領域431に煙が侵入すると、発光部435からの光が煙によって散乱し、一部の光はセンサー部436の検知位置436aに入射する。これにより、センサー部436は光を検知し、煙の存在を検出することができる。 Since the light from the light emitting unit 435 is emitted obliquely above the sensor unit 436, the light is not detected by the sensor unit 436 in normal times. On the other hand, when smoke enters the smoke detection region 431, light from the light emitting unit 435 is scattered by the smoke, and a part of the light enters the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436. Thereby, the sensor unit 436 can detect light and detect the presence of smoke.
 検煙領域431は、遮光壁部441で全周が囲まれていることにより、外部からの光は入射できないようになっており、また、遮光壁部441は光をほとんど反射しない素材によって形成されている。ただし、発光部435に対向する遮光壁部441においては、発光部435からの強い光を直接受けるため、一部の光が反射される。その反射光がセンサー部436に入射することにより、煙が存在しないにもかかわらずセンサー部436で光を検出する可能性がある。これを防止するため、発光部435からの光を受ける遮光壁部441の内周面には、凹凸面部441dが形成されている。凹凸面部441dで光が反射した場合、その凹凸によって光が散乱されるため、センサー部436の検知位置436aに対し入射する反射光の光量を減少させ、誤動作を防止することができる。 The smoke detection region 431 is surrounded by a light shielding wall 441 so that light from the outside cannot enter, and the light shielding wall 441 is formed of a material that hardly reflects light. ing. However, the light shielding wall 441 facing the light emitting unit 435 directly receives strong light from the light emitting unit 435, so that part of the light is reflected. When the reflected light enters the sensor unit 436, there is a possibility that the sensor unit 436 detects the light even though no smoke is present. In order to prevent this, an uneven surface portion 441d is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the light shielding wall portion 441 that receives light from the light emitting portion 435. When light is reflected by the concave / convex surface portion 441d, the light is scattered by the concave / convex portion. Therefore, the amount of reflected light incident on the detection position 436a of the sensor portion 436 can be reduced, and malfunction can be prevented.
 図29には、図28のうち検煙領域431付近の拡大図を示している。センサー部436の検知位置436aから放射状に伸びる線のうち、遮光壁部441の他端部441bを通る線は、遮光壁部441の他端部441bより外周側において、隣接する遮光壁部441の一端部441aと交わる。例えば、破線R1の線は、遮光壁部441の他端部441bを通り、隣接する遮光壁部441の一端部441aにかかっている。破線R2及び破線R3においても同様である。さらに、破線R1~R3で示した以外の遮光壁部441についても同様である。つまり、センサー部436の検知位置436aを中心とする放射線上には、必ず遮光壁部441のいずれかが位置していることになる。このように、遮光壁部441は、外部から検煙領域431に入射する光が、センサー部436の検知位置436aには直接到達することがないように配置されている。 FIG. 29 shows an enlarged view of the vicinity of the smoke detection area 431 in FIG. Of the lines extending radially from the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436, the line passing through the other end 441b of the light shielding wall 441 is located on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall 441 on the outer peripheral side of the light shielding wall 441. Intersects with one end 441a. For example, the broken line R <b> 1 passes through the other end 441 b of the light shielding wall 441 and extends to one end 441 a of the adjacent light shielding wall 441. The same applies to the broken line R2 and the broken line R3. The same applies to the light shielding wall portion 441 other than those indicated by the broken lines R1 to R3. In other words, one of the light shielding wall portions 441 is always located on the radiation centered on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436. As described above, the light shielding wall portion 441 is disposed so that light incident on the smoke detection region 431 from the outside does not directly reach the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436.
 このように、センサー部436の検知位置436aを中心とする放射線上には、遮光壁部441のいずれかが位置するように、遮光壁部441同士が径方向において重なり合うように配置されているので、遮光壁部441の間の隙間を通過する外部からの光は、センサー部436の検知位置436aには直接到達することがなく、センサー部436では発光部435からの散乱光のみを検出するようにして、外部光によるセンサー部436の誤動作を確実に防止することができる。また、遮光壁部441は、センサー部436の検知位置436aだけでなく、検煙領域431の中央領域への外部光の入射を阻止することができる。検煙領域431において、発光部435とセンサー部436との間の領域に外部光が入射すると、低濃度の煙等により散乱され、センサー部436の検知位置436aに光が直接入射していなくても、間接的にこれに入射し、誤動作を招く可能性があるが、検煙領域431の中央領域に対する外部光の入射が遮光壁部441で阻止されているので、誤動作を防止できる。 Thus, the light shielding wall portions 441 are arranged so as to overlap in the radial direction so that any one of the light shielding wall portions 441 is positioned on the radiation centering on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436. The external light passing through the gap between the light shielding walls 441 does not directly reach the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436, and the sensor unit 436 detects only the scattered light from the light emitting unit 435. Thus, malfunction of the sensor unit 436 due to external light can be reliably prevented. Further, the light shielding wall 441 can prevent external light from entering not only the detection position 436 a of the sensor unit 436 but also the central region of the smoke detection region 431. In the smoke detection region 431, when external light is incident on the region between the light emitting unit 435 and the sensor unit 436, the light is scattered by low-concentration smoke or the like, and the light is not directly incident on the detection position 436a of the sensor unit 436. However, since it may be incident on this indirectly and cause a malfunction, the incident of external light to the central area of the smoke detection area 431 is blocked by the light shielding wall portion 441, so that the malfunction can be prevented.
 遮光壁部441は、一方向に伸びる単板形状を有しており、遮光壁部441同士の径方向における重なり合いも必要最低限としていることにより、検煙部カバー433の径を小さくすることができる。図28において、スピーカー収納部432aに納められるスピーカー418を破線にて示しているが、スピーカー418と遮光壁部441は、筐体410の厚み方向において重なり合わないように配置されている。このため、スピーカー418からの音声が遮光壁部441によって遮られることがなく、警報時の音圧を十分に確保することができる。また、検煙部カバー433の径を小さくすることができるので、警報器本体401の小型化を図ることができる。 The light shielding wall portion 441 has a single plate shape extending in one direction, and the diameter of the smoke detecting portion cover 433 can be reduced by minimizing the overlapping of the light shielding wall portions 441 in the radial direction. it can. In FIG. 28, the speaker 418 housed in the speaker storage portion 432a is indicated by a broken line, but the speaker 418 and the light shielding wall portion 441 are arranged so as not to overlap in the thickness direction of the housing 410. For this reason, the sound from the speaker 418 is not blocked by the light shielding wall 441, and the sound pressure at the time of alarm can be sufficiently secured. Moreover, since the diameter of the smoke detector cover 433 can be reduced, the alarm device body 401 can be downsized.
 以上、本発明の実施形態4について説明したが、本発明の適用は本実施形態4には限られず、その技術的思想の範囲内において様々に適用されうる。 Although the fourth embodiment of the present invention has been described above, the application of the present invention is not limited to the fourth embodiment, and can be applied in various ways within the scope of the technical idea.
〔実施形態5〕
(実施形態5の基本的概念)
 まずは、実施形態5の基本的概念について説明する。実施形態5は、概略的に、設置対象物の設置面に取り付けられる警報装置であって、設置面と対向する取付面を有する警報装置に関するものである。ここで、「警報装置」とは、警報を行う装置であって、具体的には、監視領域の気体に含まれている被検出物質についての警報を行う装置であり、例えば、ガス警報器、及び火災警報器(煙警報器)等を含む概念である。「監視領域」とは、監視対象の領域であって、具体的には、警報装置が設置される領域であり、例えば、住宅内の領域(例えば、部屋等)、住宅以外の建物内の領域等を含む概念である。また、「設置対象物」とは、警報装置を設置する対象物であって、例えば、監視領域内の天井、壁等が挙げられる。また、「設置面」とは、警報装置が設置される設置対象物の面であって、例えば、天井における監視領域側の面(つまり、天井の下面)、壁における監視領域側の面(つまり、壁の室内側面)等が挙げられる。また、「取付面」とは、警報装置に設けられている面であって、具体的には、設置面と対向した状態で当該設置面に取り付けられる面である。また、「被検出物質」とは、検出対象の物質であり、具体的には、気体に含まれる物質であり、例えば、気体中の一酸化炭素、及び煙等を含む概念である。
[Embodiment 5]
(Basic concept of Embodiment 5)
First, the basic concept of the fifth embodiment will be described. The fifth embodiment generally relates to an alarm device that is attached to an installation surface of an installation object and has an attachment surface that faces the installation surface. Here, the “alarm device” is a device that performs an alarm, and specifically, a device that performs an alarm about a substance to be detected contained in the gas in the monitoring region. For example, a gas alarm, And a fire alarm (smoke alarm). The “monitoring area” is an area to be monitored, specifically, an area where an alarm device is installed. For example, an area in a house (for example, a room) or an area in a building other than a house It is a concept including Further, the “installation object” is an object on which the alarm device is installed, and examples thereof include a ceiling and a wall in the monitoring area. Further, the “installation surface” is a surface of an installation object on which the alarm device is installed. For example, a surface on the monitoring area side of the ceiling (that is, a lower surface of the ceiling), a surface on the monitoring area side of the wall (that is, , Interior side walls). Further, the “attachment surface” is a surface provided in the alarm device, and specifically, a surface attached to the installation surface in a state of facing the installation surface. The “substance to be detected” is a substance to be detected, specifically, a substance contained in a gas, and is a concept including, for example, carbon monoxide and smoke in the gas.
 以下の実施形態5においては、「被検出物質」が「煙」であり、「警報装置」が煙による散乱光に基づいて警報する「火災警報器(煙警報器)」であり、「監視領域」が「住宅内の領域としての部屋」である場合について説明する。また、「設置対象物」については、前述のように、「天井」又は「壁」等が挙げられるが、「設置対象物」が「天井」である場合を以下において図示しつつ、「設置対象物」が「壁」である場合も適宜取りあげ説明する。 In the following embodiment 5, the “substance to be detected” is “smoke”, and the “alarm device” is a “fire alarm (smoke alarm)” that warns based on scattered light from smoke, ”Will be described as“ a room as an area in a house ”. As described above, the “installation target” includes “ceiling” or “wall”, and the case where the “installation target” is “ceiling” is illustrated below. The case where “thing” is “wall” will be described as appropriate.
(構成)
 まず、本実施形態5に係る警報装置の構成について説明する。図30は、本実施形態5に係る警報装置の斜視図であり、図31は、警報装置の底面図であり、図32は、警報装置の側面図であり、図33は、図31のA―A矢視断面図であり、図34は、下側から見た警報装置の分解斜視図であり、図35は、上側から見た警報装置の分解斜視図である。なお、以下の説明では、各図に示すX―Y―Z方向が互いに直交する方向であり、具体的には、Z方向が鉛直方向(つまり、重力が働く方向)であって、X方向及びY方向が鉛直方向に対して直交する水平方向であるものとして、例えば、Z方向を高さ方向と称し、+Z方向を上側(平面)と称し、-Z方向を下側(底面)と称して説明する。また、以下の「X―Y―Z方向」に関する用語については、図示の警報装置5100において、各構成品の相対的な位置関係(又は、方向)等を説明するための便宜的な表現であることとし、図33のケース502の検出空間534の中心位置を基準として、検出空間534から離れる方向を「外側」と称し、検出空間534に近づく方向を「内側」と称して、以下説明する。
(Constitution)
First, the configuration of the alarm device according to the fifth embodiment will be described. 30 is a perspective view of the alarm device according to the fifth embodiment, FIG. 31 is a bottom view of the alarm device, FIG. 32 is a side view of the alarm device, and FIG. FIG. 34 is a sectional view taken along arrow A, FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the alarm device viewed from the lower side, and FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the alarm device viewed from the upper side. In the following description, the XYZ directions shown in the drawings are directions orthogonal to each other. Specifically, the Z direction is the vertical direction (that is, the direction in which gravity acts), and the X direction and Assuming that the Y direction is a horizontal direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, for example, the Z direction is referred to as the height direction, the + Z direction is referred to as the upper side (plane), and the −Z direction is referred to as the lower side (bottom surface). explain. Further, the following terms relating to the “XYZ directions” are convenient expressions for explaining the relative positional relationship (or direction) of each component in the illustrated alarm device 5100. With reference to the center position of the detection space 534 of the case 502 in FIG. 33, the direction away from the detection space 534 is referred to as “outside”, and the direction approaching the detection space 534 is referred to as “inside”.
 これら各図に示す警報装置5100は、気体に含まれている被検出物質である煙を検出して警報する警報手段であり、具体的には、図32に示すように、監視領域の天井における下側(-Z方向)の面(つまり、下面)である設置面5900、又は、監視領域の壁における監視領域側の面(つまり、壁の室内側面)である不図示の設置面(以下、壁設置面)に取り付けて用いるものであり、具体的には、取付ベース501、ケース502、図34の検出部カバー503、検出部本体504、及び回路部50505を備える。なお、以下では、設置面5900がXY平面に沿う方向(つまり、水平方向)において広がっており、不図示の「壁設置面」が当該設置面5900に対して直交する方向(つまり、鉛直方向)に広がっている場合について説明する。以下では、警報装置5100全体の構成を説明した後に、各構成の詳細について説明する。 The alarm device 5100 shown in each of these figures is an alarm means for detecting and alarming smoke, which is a substance to be detected contained in the gas. Specifically, as shown in FIG. The installation surface 5900 which is the lower surface (that is, the −Z direction) (that is, the lower surface) or the installation surface (not shown) which is the monitoring region side surface (that is, the indoor side surface of the wall) of the monitoring region wall Specifically, it includes a mounting base 501, a case 502, a detection unit cover 503, a detection unit main body 504, and a circuit unit 50505 in FIG. 34. In the following, the installation surface 5900 extends in the direction along the XY plane (that is, the horizontal direction), and the “wall installation surface” (not shown) is orthogonal to the installation surface 5900 (that is, the vertical direction). The case where it spreads to will be described. In the following, after describing the overall configuration of the alarm device 5100, the details of each configuration will be described.
(構成‐取付ベース)
 まず、図36は、取付ベースの底面図であり、図37は、取付ベースの平面図である。図32に示す取付ベース501は、設置面5900又は不図示の「壁設置面」に対して、ケース502を取り付けるための取付手段であり、具体的には、ケース502と設置面5900又は不図示の「壁設置面」との間において用いられるものであって、より詳細には、図36の取付フック511、及び本体部512を備える。
(Configuration-Mounting base)
First, FIG. 36 is a bottom view of the mounting base, and FIG. 37 is a plan view of the mounting base. The mounting base 501 shown in FIG. 32 is an attaching means for attaching the case 502 to the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown). Specifically, the case 502 and the installation surface 5900 or not shown. 36, the mounting hook 511 and the main body 512 shown in FIG. 36 are provided.
(構成‐取付ベース‐取付フック)
 図36の取付フック511は、取付ベース501を設置面5900又は不図示の「壁設置面」に取り付ける(つまり、設置する)ためのものであり、具体的には、本体部512から突出している突片であり、例えば、ねじ孔5111を備える。ねじ孔5111は、取付ベース501を取り付けるための不図示の取付ねじが挿通される孔である。そして、ねじ孔5111と設置面5900又は不図示の「壁設置面」とに対して、取付ねじを連続的に挿通させることにより、取付ベース501を設置面5900又は不図示の「壁設置面」に取り付けることが可能になる。
(Configuration-Mounting base-Mounting hook)
The attachment hook 511 in FIG. 36 is for attaching (that is, installing) the attachment base 501 to the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown), and specifically protrudes from the main body 512. For example, it is provided with a screw hole 5111. The screw hole 5111 is a hole through which a mounting screw (not shown) for mounting the mounting base 501 is inserted. Then, the mounting screw 501 is continuously inserted into the screw hole 5111 and the installation surface 5900 or a “wall installation surface” (not shown), whereby the attachment base 501 is installed on the installation surface 5900 or the “wall installation surface” (not shown). It becomes possible to attach to.
(構成‐取付ベース‐本体部)
 図36の本体部512は、取付ベース501の本体であり、例えば、XY平面に沿う方向において広がっており、所定径の円盤形状を呈しているものであって、取付フック511と一体的に形成されている樹脂製のものであり、より詳細には、ケース側対向面512A、及び図37の設置面側対向面512Bを備える。図36のケース側対向面512Aは、図32に示すように、ケース502と対向した状態で当該ケース502が取り付けられる面であり、設置面側対向面512Bは、設置面5900と対向した状態で当該設置面5900に取り付けられる取付面(つまり、XY平面に沿う方向に広がっている取付面)である。また、本体部512は、図36に示すように、ねじ孔5121、及び係合部5122を備える。ねじ孔5121は、設置面5900に取付ベース501を取り付ための不図示の取付ねじが挿通される孔である。そして、挿通孔121と設置面5900とに対して、取付ねじを連続的に挿通させることにより、取付ベース501を設置面5900に取り付けることが可能になる。また、係合部5122は、図32のケース502が取り付けられる取付手段であり、具体的には、図35の後述する裏ケース521の係合部5214と係合するものである。このような本体部512の外径については、任意に設定することができるが、例えば、既存の取付ベースと同様な大きさ(例えば、10cm程度)になるように設定されているものとして、以下説明する。
(Configuration-Mounting base-Body)
36 is a main body of the mounting base 501, for example, extends in the direction along the XY plane, has a disk shape with a predetermined diameter, and is formed integrally with the mounting hook 511. More specifically, a case-side facing surface 512A and an installation surface-side facing surface 512B of FIG. 37 are provided. As shown in FIG. 32, the case-side facing surface 512A in FIG. 36 is a surface to which the case 502 is attached in a state facing the case 502, and the installation surface-side facing surface 512B is in a state facing the installation surface 5900. It is an attachment surface attached to the installation surface 5900 (that is, an attachment surface spreading in a direction along the XY plane). The main body 512 includes a screw hole 5121 and an engaging portion 5122 as shown in FIG. The screw hole 5121 is a hole through which a mounting screw (not shown) for attaching the mounting base 501 to the installation surface 5900 is inserted. The attachment base 501 can be attached to the installation surface 5900 by continuously inserting the attachment screws through the insertion hole 121 and the installation surface 5900. 32 is an attaching means to which the case 502 of FIG. 32 is attached. Specifically, the engaging portion 5122 is engaged with an engaging portion 5214 of a back case 521 described later in FIG. The outer diameter of the main body 512 can be arbitrarily set. For example, it is assumed that the main body 512 is set to have the same size as the existing mounting base (for example, about 10 cm). explain.
(構成‐ケース)
 次に、図32のケース502は、図34の検出部カバー503、検出部本体504、及び回路部505(以下、収容対象物)を収容する収容手段であり、具体的には、取付ベース501を介して設置面5900に取り付けられるものであり、より詳細には、図34の裏ケース521、及び表ケース522を備える。
(Configuration-Case)
Next, the case 502 in FIG. 32 is a storage unit that stores the detection unit cover 503, the detection unit main body 504, and the circuit unit 505 (hereinafter referred to as a storage object) in FIG. 34, specifically, the mounting base 501. In more detail, it is provided with a back case 521 and a front case 522 of FIG.
(構成‐ケース‐裏ケース)
 図38は、裏ケースの底面図であり、図39は、裏ケースの平面図であり、図40は、裏ケースの正面図である。これら各図の裏ケース521は、図34に示すように、取付ベース501側(つまり、上側(+Z方向))から「収容対象物」を収容する第1収容手段であり、表ケース522と結合されることにより、当該表ケース522との間に図32の後述する外部流入開口523としての隙間を形成するものである。また、この裏ケース521は、図33のケース502の外部を移動する気体(なお、設置面5900に沿って移動する気体を含む)をケース502の内部へ誘導する外部誘導手段であり、また、ケース502の内部を移動する気体を、後述する検出空間534に誘導する内部誘導手段であり、具体的には、検出部本体504との間において気体の流路を形成するものである。
(Configuration-Case-Back Case)
FIG. 38 is a bottom view of the back case, FIG. 39 is a plan view of the back case, and FIG. 40 is a front view of the back case. As shown in FIG. 34, the back case 521 in each of these figures is a first housing means for housing “objects to be accommodated” from the mounting base 501 side (that is, the upper side (+ Z direction)), and is coupled to the front case 522. As a result, a gap is formed between the front case 522 as an external inflow opening 523 described later in FIG. Further, the back case 521 is an external guiding means that guides the gas moving outside the case 502 of FIG. 33 (including gas moving along the installation surface 5900) to the inside of the case 502, and It is an internal guiding means for guiding the gas moving inside the case 502 to a detection space 534 described later. Specifically, a gas flow path is formed between the case 502 and the detection unit main body 504.
 この図38~図40の裏ケース521は、例えば、XY平面に沿う方向において広がっており、取付ベース501よりも大径の円盤形状を呈しているものであって、(後述する「裏ケース521の内部部材」も含んで)全体として一体的に形成されている樹脂製のものであり、より詳細には、裏ケース側対向壁5211、及び裏ケース側外周壁5212を備える。図33の裏ケース側対向壁5211は、裏ケース521におけるXY平面に沿う方向において広がっている部分を形成するものであり、つまり、取付ベース501と対向するものであり、図34の誘導凹部5211aを備える。この誘導凹部5211aは、図33の検出空間534に対して気体を誘導する誘導手段であるが、その詳細については後述する。また、裏ケース側外周壁5212は、裏ケース521における高さ方向(Z方向)に延びている部分(外壁)を形成する第1外壁であって、裏ケース側対向壁5211の外縁部から外側に向かって広がりつつ、下側(-Z方向)に向かって延びているものである。 The back case 521 of FIGS. 38 to 40 is, for example, spread in the direction along the XY plane and has a disk shape larger in diameter than the mounting base 501 (see “Back case 521 described later”). The inner case is also made of a resin that is integrally formed as a whole, and more specifically, includes a back case side facing wall 5211 and a back case side outer peripheral wall 5212. The back case-side facing wall 5211 in FIG. 33 forms a portion that expands in the direction along the XY plane in the back case 521, that is, faces the mounting base 501, and the guide recess 5211a in FIG. Is provided. The guiding recess 5211a is guiding means for guiding gas to the detection space 534 of FIG. 33, and details thereof will be described later. The back case side outer peripheral wall 5212 is a first outer wall that forms a portion (outer wall) extending in the height direction (Z direction) of the back case 521, and is outside the outer edge portion of the back case side facing wall 5211. And extends downward (−Z direction).
 また、図38の裏ケース521は、より詳細には、構成品ケース5611~5616、短フィン5621~5623、長フィン5631、5632、防止片5641、5642、及びリブ5651~5659(以下、「構成品ケース5611~5616、短フィン5621~5623、長フィン5631、5632、防止片5641、5642、及びリブ5651~5659」を、「裏ケース521の内部部材」と総称する)を備える。まず、構成品ケース5611~5616は、警報装置5100を構成するものである構成品を収容する収容手段であり、具体的には、構成品を収容する空間である構成品収容空間を区画する収容壁を有するものである。また、この構成品ケース5611~5616(具体的には、構成品ケース5611~5616の収容壁)は、気体を図33の検出空間534に誘導する誘導手段であり、誘導手段として機能するように、構成品の配置場所等を考慮しつつ設けられている。また、短フィン5621~5623は、気体を図33の検出空間534に誘導する誘導手段であり、具体的には、図38の構成品ケース5611~5623から突出して延びる突片である。また、長フィン5631、5632は、気体を図33の検出空間534に誘導する誘導手段であり、具体的には、後述する図38のリブ5657、5659から延びる片であって、短フィン5621よりも充分に長いものである。また、防止片5641、5642は、気体を図33の検出空間534に誘導する誘導手段であり、また、図38の後述するスリット5213a、5213bを介して内部に流入する気体に含まれている塵埃が、図33の検出空間534に侵入するのを防止するための防止手段である。図38のリブ5651~5659は、気体を検出空間534に誘導する誘導手段であり、また、裏ケース521を補強する補強手段であり、また、図35の表ケース522と裏ケース521との間の高さ方向(Z方向)の相対的な位置関係(つまり、図32の外部流入開口523の幅)を定める位置決定手段であり、具体的には、図32の外部流入開口523及ケース502の内部を区画するものであり、例えば、裏ケース側対向壁5211に設けられているものである。なお、「外部流入開口523の幅」とは、外部流入開口523における上側の端から下側の端までの距離を示している。また、以下の説明では、リブ5651~5659を互いに区別する必要が無い場合には、適宜「リブ565」と総称し、「裏ケース521の内部部材」の詳細については、後述する。 Further, the back case 521 of FIG. 38 is more specifically described in the component cases 5611 to 5616, the short fins 5621 to 5623, the long fins 5631 and 5632, the prevention pieces 5641 and 5642, and the ribs 5651 to 5659 (hereinafter referred to as “configuration”). Product cases 5611 to 5616, short fins 5621 to 5623, long fins 5631 and 5632, prevention pieces 5641 and 5642, and ribs 5651 to 5659 ”are collectively referred to as“ inner member of the back case 521 ”). First, the component cases 5611 to 5616 are accommodating means for accommodating components that constitute the alarm device 5100. Specifically, the component cases 5611 to 5616 are accommodations that divide the component accommodating space that is a space for accommodating the components. It has a wall. Further, the component case cases 5611 to 5616 (specifically, the housing walls of the component case cases 5611 to 5616) are guide means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33, and function as the guide means. It is provided in consideration of the arrangement location of the components. Further, the short fins 5621 to 5623 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 of FIG. 33, and specifically, are projecting pieces that protrude from the component case cases 5611 to 5623 of FIG. The long fins 5631 and 5632 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33. Specifically, the long fins 5631 and 5632 are pieces extending from ribs 5657 and 5659 in FIG. Is long enough. Further, the prevention pieces 5541 and 5642 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534 in FIG. 33, and dust contained in the gas flowing into the inside through slits 5213a and 5213b (to be described later in FIG. 38). These are prevention means for preventing entry into the detection space 534 of FIG. The ribs 5651 to 5659 in FIG. 38 are guiding means for guiding the gas to the detection space 534, and are reinforcing means for reinforcing the back case 521, and between the front case 522 and the back case 521 in FIG. 32 is a position determining means for determining the relative positional relationship in the height direction (Z direction) (that is, the width of the external inflow opening 523 in FIG. 32). Specifically, the external inflow opening 523 and the case 502 in FIG. For example, it is provided on the back case side facing wall 5211. The “width of the external inflow opening 523” indicates the distance from the upper end to the lower end of the external inflow opening 523. Further, in the following description, when it is not necessary to distinguish the ribs 5651 to 5659 from each other, they are collectively referred to as “ribs 565” as appropriate, and details of the “inner member of the back case 521” will be described later.
(構成‐ケース‐表ケース)
 図41は、表ケースの平面図であり、図42は、表ケースの正面図である。これら各図の表ケース522は、図34に示すように、「収容対象物」を挟んで取付ベース501側とは反対側(つまり、下側(+Z方向))から「収容対象物」を収容する第2収容手段であり、具体的には、裏ケース521と結合されることにより、当該裏ケース521との間に図32の外部流入開口523としての隙間を形成するものである。ここで、「外部流入開口」23とは、ケース502の外部の気体をケース502の内部に流入させる流入手段であり、特に、ケース502の外部において設置面5900に沿って移動する気体を、ケース502の内部に流入させる第1流入開口であって、XY平面に沿う方向に延在するようにケース502の裏ケース521と表ケース522との間に形成される隙間である。この外部流入開口523の幅については、塵埃、外乱光、又はユーザの指の侵入を防止すること、警報装置5100の外観が与えるユーザへの印象等を考慮して任意に設定することができるが、ここでは、例えば、3~5(mm)に設定されているものとして、以下説明する。また、表ケース522は、図33のケース502の外部を移動する気体(なお、設置面5900に沿って移動する気体を含む)をケース502の内部へ誘導する外部誘導手段である。
(Configuration-Case-Front Case)
FIG. 41 is a plan view of the front case, and FIG. 42 is a front view of the front case. As shown in FIG. 34, the front case 522 in each of these figures accommodates the “accommodation object” from the side opposite to the mounting base 501 side (ie, the lower side (+ Z direction)) with the “accommodation object” interposed therebetween. Specifically, the second housing means is connected to the back case 521 to form a gap as the external inflow opening 523 in FIG. Here, the “external inflow opening” 23 is inflow means for allowing gas outside the case 502 to flow into the case 502, and in particular, gas that moves along the installation surface 5900 outside the case 502 This is a first inflow opening that flows into the interior of 502, and is a gap formed between the back case 521 of the case 502 and the front case 522 so as to extend in the direction along the XY plane. The width of the external inflow opening 523 can be arbitrarily set in consideration of dust, ambient light, or the intrusion of the user's finger, the user's impression given by the appearance of the alarm device 5100, and the like. Here, for example, the following description will be made assuming that the distance is set to 3 to 5 (mm). Further, the front case 522 is an external guiding unit that guides the gas that moves outside the case 502 of FIG. 33 (including the gas that moves along the installation surface 5900) to the inside of the case 502.
 この図41及び図42の表ケース522は、例えば、XY平面に沿う方向において広がっており、裏ケース521よりも大径の円盤形状を呈しているものであって、全体として一体的に形成されている樹脂製のものであり、より詳細には、表ケース側露出壁5221、及び表ケース側外周壁5222を備える。まず、表ケース側露出壁5221は、表ケース522におけるXY平面に沿う方向において広がっている部分を形成するものであって、つまり、ユーザによって主に視認されるように露出するものである。また、図33の表ケース側外周壁5222は、表ケース522における高さ方向(Z方向)に延びている部分(外壁)を形成する第2外壁であって、表ケース側露出壁5221の外縁部から外側に向かって広がりつつ、上側(+Z方向)に向かって延びているものである。 The front case 522 of FIGS. 41 and 42 is, for example, spread in the direction along the XY plane, has a disk shape with a larger diameter than the back case 521, and is integrally formed as a whole. More specifically, a front case side exposed wall 5221 and a front case side outer peripheral wall 5222 are provided. First, the front case-side exposed wall 5221 forms a portion that extends in the direction along the XY plane of the front case 522, that is, is exposed so as to be mainly visually recognized by the user. 33 is a second outer wall that forms a portion (outer wall) extending in the height direction (Z direction) of the front case 522, and is an outer edge of the front case side exposed wall 5221. It extends toward the upper side (+ Z direction) while spreading outward from the portion.
 また、図35の表ケース522は、より詳細には、押しボタン5223、ねじボス5224、及び支持部5225を備える。まず、押しボタン5223は、警報装置5100を操作する操作手段であり、具体的には、図34の後述する回路部505のスイッチ5555を表ケース522の外側から押すためのものである。また、図35のねじボス5224は、表ケース522と裏ケース521との間の高さ方向(Z方向)の相対的な位置関係(つまり、図32の外部流入開口523の幅)を定める位置決定手段であり、また、図35の表ケース522と裏ケース521とを互いに固定する固定手段であり、具体的には、表ケース側露出壁5221における上側(+Z)の面に設けられているものであり、例えば、所定のねじ孔が設けられており、高さ方向(Z方向)において立設する柱形状を呈しているものである。また、支持部5225は、検出部本体504を支持する支持手段であり、具体的には、表ケース側露出壁5221における上側(+Z)の面の表ケース側外周壁5222側に複数設けられている突片である。 Further, the front case 522 of FIG. 35 includes a push button 5223, a screw boss 5224, and a support portion 5225 in more detail. First, the push button 5223 is an operating means for operating the alarm device 5100. Specifically, the push button 5223 is for pressing a switch 5555 of a circuit unit 505 described later in FIG. 34 from the outside of the front case 522. Also, the screw boss 5224 in FIG. 35 is a position that defines the relative positional relationship in the height direction (Z direction) between the front case 522 and the back case 521 (that is, the width of the external inflow opening 523 in FIG. 32). 35 is a fixing means for fixing the front case 522 and the back case 521 of FIG. 35 to each other. Specifically, it is provided on the upper (+ Z) surface of the front case side exposed wall 5221. For example, a predetermined screw hole is provided, and a pillar shape standing in the height direction (Z direction) is exhibited. The support portion 5225 is a support means for supporting the detection portion main body 504. Specifically, a plurality of support portions 5225 are provided on the front case side outer peripheral wall 5222 side of the upper (+ Z) surface of the front case side exposed wall 5221. It is a protruding piece.
(構成‐検出部カバー)
 次に、図43は、検出部カバーの底面図であり、図44は、防虫網が省略された状態の検出部カバーの正面図である。これら各図の検出部カバー503は、散乱光を用いて煙を検出するためのものであり、具体的には、図33の検出空間534を区画するものであって、検出部本体504の上側(+Z)に設けられるものである。なお、検出部カバー503、検出空間534、検出部本体504の一部、後述する発光部552、及び受光部553が検出手段に対応する。この検出部カバー503は、図34に示すように、一方の開口が塞がれた円筒形状を呈しているものであり、より詳細には、天井板531、ラビリンス532、防虫網533を備える。ここで、図33の「検出空間」534とは、煙を検出する空間である。図34の天井板531は、検出空間534を覆うものであり、具体的には、ケース502より小径の円盤状に形成されており、下側(-Z方向)の面にはラビリンス532が一体的に形成されている。ラビリンス532は、検出空間534を区画する区画壁であり、具体的には、検出空間534に外乱光が入射するのを防止ものであり、例えば、図43に示すように、天井板531の縁に沿って複数設けられているものである。このように構成することにより、ラビリンス532における互いに隣り合うもの同士の間に、内部流入開口535が形成されることになる。ここで、「内部流入開口」535とは、検出空間534に気体を流入させる第2流入開口であって、ラビリンス532の間の隙間として形成されるものである。なお、以下では、複数の内部流入開口535各々を区別する場合には、符号「535」の次に英字「a」、「b」等を付して例えば符号「535a」、符号「535b」等を用いて説明し、複数の内部流入開口535各々を区別しない場合には、符号「535」を用いて説明することとする(なお、ラビリンス532についても、同様とする)。図34に戻って、防虫網533は、外気が防虫網533の小孔を介して検出空間534に入ることを許容する一方で、検出空間534に虫が入ることを防止する防虫手段であり、ラビリンス532の外周を囲繞する円環状に形成されており、その側面には、虫が侵入困難な大きさの多数の小孔を有するものである。
(Configuration-detector cover)
Next, FIG. 43 is a bottom view of the detection unit cover, and FIG. 44 is a front view of the detection unit cover in a state where the insect net is omitted. The detection unit cover 503 in each of these drawings is for detecting smoke using scattered light. Specifically, the detection unit cover 503 defines the detection space 534 of FIG. (+ Z). In addition, the detection part cover 503, the detection space 534, a part of the detection part main body 504, the light emission part 552 mentioned later, and the light-receiving part 553 correspond to a detection means. As shown in FIG. 34, the detection unit cover 503 has a cylindrical shape with one opening closed, and more specifically includes a ceiling plate 531, a labyrinth 532, and an insect net 533. Here, the “detection space” 534 in FIG. 33 is a space for detecting smoke. 34 covers the detection space 534. Specifically, the ceiling plate 531 is formed in a disk shape having a smaller diameter than the case 502, and a labyrinth 532 is integrally formed on the lower surface (−Z direction). Is formed. The labyrinth 532 is a partition wall that partitions the detection space 534. Specifically, the labyrinth 532 prevents disturbance light from entering the detection space 534. For example, as shown in FIG. Are provided along the line. By configuring in this way, an internal inflow opening 535 is formed between adjacent ones in the labyrinth 532. Here, the “inner inflow opening” 535 is a second inflow opening through which gas flows into the detection space 534, and is formed as a gap between the labyrinth 532. In the following, in order to distinguish each of the plurality of internal inflow openings 535, the letters “a”, “b”, etc. are added after the sign “535”, for example, “535a”, “535b”, etc. In the case where each of the plurality of internal inflow openings 535 is not distinguished, the description will be made using the reference numeral “535” (the same applies to the labyrinth 532). Returning to FIG. 34, the insect screen 533 is an insect control means that allows outside air to enter the detection space 534 through the small holes of the insect screen 533, while preventing insects from entering the detection space 534. The labyrinth 532 is formed in an annular shape surrounding the outer periphery of the labyrinth 532, and has a large number of small holes on the side surface that are difficult for insects to enter.
(構成‐検出部本体)
 次に、図45は、検出部本体の底面図であり、図46は、検出部本体の平面図であり、図47は、検出部本体の正面図である。これら各図の検出部本体504は、図33に示すように、検出部カバー503を配置する配置手段であり、また、検出部カバー503と共に検出空間534を区画する区画手段である。また、検出部本体504は、回路基板551を被覆する被覆手段であって、検出部本体504を挟んで回路基板551と反対側に検出部カバー503が配置された被覆手段である。具体的には、外部流入開口523からケース502に流入した気体が検出部本体504と表ケース522との間に入り込まないように遮蔽した上で、裏ケース521との間において気体の流路を形成するものである。この検出部本体504は、例えば、XY平面に沿う方向において図33の検出部カバー503側から外部流入開口523側まで広がっており、図35に示すように、検出部カバー503の天井板531よりも大径であり、且つ、表ケース522よりも僅かに小径であり、一部が切り欠かれた円盤形状を呈しているものであって、更に、内側の一部が下側(-Z方向)から上側(+Z方向)に向かって隆起している形状を呈しているものであって、全体として一体的に形成されている樹脂製のものである。なお、「表ケース522よりも僅かに小径」であるとは、検出部本体504の径が、図33に示すように、検出本体側端部5400aが内側から表ケース側端部5222aに当接(又は、接近)する程度の「径」であることを示している。なお、「検出本体側端部」5400aとは、検出部本体504における外側の縁であって、外部流入開口523側の縁である。
(Configuration-detection unit body)
Next, FIG. 45 is a bottom view of the detection unit main body, FIG. 46 is a plan view of the detection unit main body, and FIG. 47 is a front view of the detection unit main body. As shown in FIG. 33, the detection unit main body 504 in each of these figures is an arrangement unit that arranges the detection unit cover 503, and is a partition unit that partitions the detection space 534 together with the detection unit cover 503. The detection unit main body 504 is a covering unit that covers the circuit board 551, and is a covering unit in which the detection unit cover 503 is disposed on the opposite side of the circuit board 551 with the detection unit main body 504 interposed therebetween. Specifically, the gas flowing into the case 502 from the external inflow opening 523 is shielded from entering between the detection unit main body 504 and the front case 522, and then the gas flow path is formed between the back case 521 and the gas flow path. To form. The detection unit main body 504 extends from the detection unit cover 503 side in FIG. 33 to the external inflow opening 523 side in the direction along the XY plane, for example, as shown in FIG. 35 from the ceiling plate 531 of the detection unit cover 503. Is a slightly smaller diameter than the front case 522 and has a disk shape with a part cut away, and a part of the inner side is the lower side (the −Z direction). ) To the upper side (+ Z direction), and is made of a resin that is integrally formed as a whole. Note that “slightly smaller diameter than the front case 522” means that the diameter of the detection unit main body 504 is in contact with the front case side end 5222a from the inside as shown in FIG. It indicates that the “diameter” is enough to approach (or approach). The “detection main body side end” 5400a is an outer edge of the detection main body 504 and is an edge on the external inflow opening 523 side.
 この図35の検出部本体504は、より詳細には、図45~図47のフランジ部541、傾斜部542、隆起部543、検出部本体切り欠き部544、スピーカ収納部545、及び素子カバー546を備える。フランジ部541は、検出部本体504における外側寄りのXY平面に沿う方向において広がっている部分であり、位置決め凹部411を備える。この位置決め凹部411は、検出部本体504に対する裏ケース521のリブ565の位置決めを行うための位置決め手段であり、具体的には、フランジ部541における外縁部に複数設けられているものであり、上側(+Z側)から下側(-Z側)に向かって窪んでいるものである。また、傾斜部542は、フランジ部541から連続する部分であって、図33の検出空間534を外部流入開口523よりも上側(+Z方向)に設けるために、フランジ部541(XY平面に沿う方向)に対して上側(+Z方向)に向かって傾斜している部分である。また、隆起部543は、検出部カバー503が設けられる部分であって、フランジ部541よりも上側(+Z方向)に位置しており、傾斜部542から連続して、XY平面に沿う方向において広がっている部分である。この隆起部543における上側(+Z方向)の面には、図35の配置凹部5431が形成されている。この配置凹部5431は、検出部カバー503が配置される部分であり、具体的には、円状の凹部であり検出部カバー503の外径に対応する径の凹部である。また、検出部本体切り欠き部544は、警報装置5100に対して後述する構成品ケース5616を設けるために、当該構成品ケース5616の外形に対応する形状に切り欠かれた部分である。また、スピーカ収納部545は、検出部本体504と表ケース522との間に不図示のスピーカを収容するために、収容するスピーカの外形に対応するように、下側(-Z方向)から上側(+Z方向)に向かって隆起している部分である。なお、スピーカは、受光部553が受光した反射光の光量に基づいて警報出力する出力手段である。スピーカより出力される音声の具体的な態様は任意であり、必要に応じて生成された合成音声や、予め録音された音声又は警報音等を出力することができる。また、素子カバー546は、回路部505における後述の発光部552及び受光部553を上側(+Z方向)から覆って、発光部552及び受光部553に塵埃が堆積するのを防止するものであって、隆起部543における配置凹部5431の中央付近に、配置凹部5431と一体的に形成されている。また、フランジ部541及びスピーカ収納部545の詳細については後述する。 More specifically, the detection unit main body 504 of FIG. 35 includes the flange portion 541, the inclined portion 542, the raised portion 543, the detection portion main body notch portion 544, the speaker storage portion 545, and the element cover 546 of FIGS. Is provided. The flange portion 541 is a portion that extends in the direction along the XY plane closer to the outside in the detection portion main body 504 and includes a positioning recess 411. The positioning recess 411 is positioning means for positioning the rib 565 of the back case 521 with respect to the detection unit main body 504. Specifically, a plurality of positioning recesses 411 are provided on the outer edge portion of the flange portion 541. It is recessed from the (+ Z side) to the lower side (−Z side). In addition, the inclined portion 542 is a portion continuous from the flange portion 541, and in order to provide the detection space 534 in FIG. 33 above the external inflow opening 523 (+ Z direction), the flange portion 541 (direction along the XY plane). ) With respect to the upper side (+ Z direction). The raised portion 543 is a portion where the detection unit cover 503 is provided, and is located above the flange portion 541 (+ Z direction), and continuously extends from the inclined portion 542 in a direction along the XY plane. It is a part that. An arrangement recess 5431 in FIG. 35 is formed on the upper surface (+ Z direction) of the raised portion 543. The arrangement concave portion 5431 is a portion where the detection unit cover 503 is arranged. Specifically, the arrangement concave portion 5431 is a circular concave portion having a diameter corresponding to the outer diameter of the detection unit cover 503. Further, the detection unit main body cutout portion 544 is a portion cut out in a shape corresponding to the outer shape of the component case 5616 in order to provide a component case 5616 described later with respect to the alarm device 5100. In addition, the speaker storage unit 545 accommodates a speaker (not shown) between the detection unit main body 504 and the front case 522, so that the speaker storage unit 545 corresponds to the outer shape of the speaker to be stored from the lower side (the −Z direction) to the upper side. It is the part which protrudes toward (+ Z direction). The speaker is an output unit that outputs an alarm based on the amount of reflected light received by the light receiving unit 553. The specific form of the sound output from the speaker is arbitrary, and it is possible to output a synthesized sound generated as necessary, a sound recorded in advance, an alarm sound, or the like. The element cover 546 covers a light emitting unit 552 and a light receiving unit 553, which will be described later, in the circuit unit 505 from the upper side (+ Z direction), and prevents dust from accumulating on the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553. The raised portion 543 is integrally formed with the arrangement concave portion 5431 near the center of the arrangement concave portion 5431. Details of the flange portion 541 and the speaker storage portion 545 will be described later.
(構成‐回路部)
 次に、図48は、回路部の底面図であり、図49は、回路部の平面図であり、図50は、回路部の正面図である。これら各図の回路部505は、警報を行うための電気回路を形成する回路手段であり、より詳細には、回路基板551、発光部552、受光部553、シールド554、スイッチ555、及び電源コネクタCN1を備える。回路基板551は、警報装置5100の各素子が実装される実装手段であり、特に、発光部552及び受光部553が取り付けられた基板であり、具体的には、上側(+Z方向)の実装面(以下、上側実装面)又は下側(-Z方向)の実装面(以下、下側実装面)に各素子がはんだ等を用いて実装されるように、所定位置にスルーホール及び当該スルーホールを取り囲む端子等が設けられているものである。発光部552は、具体的には、図33に示すように、発光部552よりも上側(+Z方向)に設けられる検出空間534に向かって発光できるように、回路基板551の上側実装面に実装される素子であって、例えば、発光ダイオードである。受光部553は、発光部552によって発光された光が煙の粒子によって散乱されることによって生じる散乱光を受光する受光手段であり、具体的には、受光部553よりも上側(+Z方向)に設けられる検出空間534からの光を受光できるように、回路基板551の上側実装面に実装される素子であって、例えば、フォトダイオードである。図50のシールド554は、受光部553を電磁的に遮蔽するための遮蔽手段であり、また、受光部553を回路基板551に対して支持する支持手段であり、具体的には、回路基板551の上側実装面に実装される導電性素子であって、例えば、金属により形成されるものである。図48のスイッチ555は、警報装置5100を操作するための操作手段であり、具体的には、回路基板551の下側実装面に実装される素子であって、例えば、プッシュスイッチである。図49の電源コネクタCN1は、警報装置5100に対して電源電圧を供給するための供給手段であり、具体的には、電源としての不図示の電池からの電源電圧を供給するためのものであって、回路基板551の上側実装面に実装されるものである。
(Configuration-Circuit part)
Next, FIG. 48 is a bottom view of the circuit unit, FIG. 49 is a plan view of the circuit unit, and FIG. 50 is a front view of the circuit unit. The circuit portion 505 in each of these figures is a circuit means for forming an electric circuit for performing an alarm. More specifically, the circuit board 551, the light emitting portion 552, the light receiving portion 553, the shield 554, the switch 555, and the power connector CN1 is provided. The circuit board 551 is a mounting means on which each element of the alarm device 5100 is mounted. In particular, the circuit board 551 is a board on which the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are mounted. Specifically, the circuit board 551 is mounted on the upper side (+ Z direction). A through hole and the through hole at a predetermined position so that each element is mounted on the mounting surface (hereinafter referred to as the upper mounting surface) or the lower (−Z direction) mounting surface (hereinafter referred to as the lower mounting surface) using solder or the like. The terminal etc. which enclose is provided. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33, the light emitting unit 552 is mounted on the upper mounting surface of the circuit board 551 so that it can emit light toward the detection space 534 provided above the light emitting unit 552 (+ Z direction). For example, a light emitting diode. The light receiving unit 553 is a light receiving unit that receives scattered light generated by the light emitted from the light emitting unit 552 being scattered by smoke particles. Specifically, the light receiving unit 553 is above the light receiving unit 553 (in the + Z direction). An element mounted on the upper mounting surface of the circuit board 551 so as to receive light from the provided detection space 534, for example, a photodiode. 50 is a shielding means for electromagnetically shielding the light receiving portion 553, and is a supporting means for supporting the light receiving portion 553 with respect to the circuit board 551, specifically, the circuit board 551. The conductive element mounted on the upper mounting surface of the metal, for example, is formed of metal. The switch 555 of FIG. 48 is an operating means for operating the alarm device 5100. Specifically, the switch 555 is an element mounted on the lower mounting surface of the circuit board 551, for example, a push switch. The power connector CN1 in FIG. 49 is a supply means for supplying a power supply voltage to the alarm device 5100, and specifically, a power supply voltage from a battery (not shown) as a power supply. Thus, the circuit board 551 is mounted on the upper mounting surface.
(構成‐詳細)
 次に、本実施形態5に係る警報装置5100の構成を一層詳細に説明する。具体的には、検出部本体504、回路基板551、及び表ケース522の構成について詳細に説明する。
(Configuration-details)
Next, the configuration of the alarm device 5100 according to the fifth embodiment will be described in more detail. Specifically, the configuration of the detection unit main body 504, the circuit board 551, and the front case 522 will be described in detail.
(構成‐詳細‐検出部本体)
 まずは、検出部本体504におけるフランジ部541、電池保持バネ548、及びスピーカ収納部545の詳細について説明する。図51は、検出部本体504の拡大斜視図である。
(Configuration-Details-Detector body)
First, details of the flange portion 541, the battery holding spring 548, and the speaker storage portion 545 in the detection unit main body 504 will be described. FIG. 51 is an enlarged perspective view of the detection unit main body 504.
(構成‐詳細‐検出部本体‐フランジ部)
 フランジ部541は、検出空間534への気体の流入を促進するためのフランジであって、検出部本体504の外縁部に一体形成されたフランジである。具体的には、このフランジ部541は、図33に示すように、表ケース522の内周面に当接する位置まで延設されており、このフランジ部541によって検出部本体504の外縁と表ケース522の内周面との隙間が密閉されている。このことにより、外部流入開口523から、上記隙間を介して、検出部本体504と表ケース522との間の空間に煙が侵入してしまうことを防止でき、検出空間534に流入する煙の量を増大できる。なお、フランジ部541の厚みや素材等は任意で、本実施形態5では検出部本体504の他の部分と同一厚みかつ同一素材(樹脂)で形成されている。
(Configuration-Details-Detector body-Flange)
The flange portion 541 is a flange for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space 534, and is a flange formed integrally with the outer edge portion of the detection portion main body 504. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33, the flange portion 541 extends to a position where it comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the front case 522, and the flange portion 541 and the outer edge of the detection unit main body 504 are connected to the front case. A gap between the inner peripheral surface of 522 is sealed. Thus, it is possible to prevent smoke from entering the space between the detection unit main body 504 and the front case 522 through the gap from the external inflow opening 523, and the amount of smoke flowing into the detection space 534 Can be increased. Note that the thickness, material, and the like of the flange portion 541 are arbitrary, and in the fifth embodiment, the flange portion 541 is formed of the same thickness and the same material (resin) as the other portions of the detection portion main body 504.
(構成‐詳細‐検出部本体‐電池保持バネ)
 電池保持バネ548は、警報装置5100に電源を供給する電源部を付勢して保持するための電源付勢手段であって、検出部本体504と一体形成された電源付勢手段である。具体的には、この電池保持バネ548は、図示のように、検出部本体504の下側(-Z方向)の面における検出部本体切り欠き部544の縁沿いに、所定の間隔を空けて2箇所に形成されている。ここで、この電池保持バネ548は、配置箇所から下側(-Z方向)に突出してから外側(-X方向)に折り曲げられた後に、上側(+Z方向)に突出するような略U字形状を呈しており、検出部本体切り欠き部544から外側(-X方向)に向けて電源部を付勢可能な形状に構成されている。なお、この電池保持バネ548の付け根部分と先端部分との隙間の空間を以下では「付勢空間」549と称して説明する。
(Configuration-Details-Detector body-Battery holding spring)
The battery holding spring 548 is a power source biasing unit for biasing and holding the power source unit that supplies power to the alarm device 5100 and is a power source biasing unit that is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504. Specifically, as shown in the drawing, the battery holding spring 548 has a predetermined interval along the edge of the detection unit main body notch 544 on the lower surface (−Z direction) of the detection unit main body 504. It is formed in two places. Here, the battery holding spring 548 protrudes downward (−Z direction) from the arrangement location, and then bends outward (−X direction) and then protrudes upward (+ Z direction). The power supply unit is configured to be energized from the detection unit main body notch 544 to the outside (−X direction). The space between the base portion and the tip portion of the battery holding spring 548 will be described as “biasing space” 549 below.
 ここで、図34、図35、及び図38に示すように、裏ケース521の構成品ケース5616には、上記の電池保持バネ548と対応する位置に、下方向(-Z方向)に切り欠かれた2つの構成品ケース切欠き5617が設けられている。なお、この構成品ケース切欠き5617は高さ方向(Z方向)に通しで設けられてはおらず、構成品ケース5616の半分程度の高さの切欠きとなっている。なお、構成品ケース5616における構成品ケース切欠き5617よりも上方(+Z方向)の部分を、以下では「ストッパー部」5618と称する。 Here, as shown in FIG. 34, FIG. 35, and FIG. 38, the component case 5616 of the back case 521 is notched downward (−Z direction) at a position corresponding to the battery holding spring 548 described above. Two component case cutouts 5617 are provided. The component case notch 5617 is not provided through the height direction (Z direction), and is a notch about half the height of the component case 5616. Note that a portion above the component case notch 5617 (+ Z direction) in the component case 5616 is referred to as a “stopper portion” 5618 below.
 そして、裏ケース521と検出部本体504とを組み合わせた場合、上記の電池保持バネ548は構成品ケース切欠き5617に挿通されて、電池保持バネ548の付勢空間549内部にストッパー部5618が介在する。このように付勢空間549の内部にストッパー部5618が介在することにより、電池保持バネ548の内側方向(+X方向)への撓みが当該ストッパー部5618により規制されるため、電池収納時に電池保持バネ548が過度に撓むことにより塑性変形してしまうことを防止できる。このように、本実施形態5では、電池保持バネ548を、ストッパー部5618と一体に裏ケース521に設けることはせず、裏ケース521とは分離構成された検出部本体504に設けている。したがって、電池保持バネ548を裏ケース521の構成品ケース5616に設ける場合と比べて、電池保持バネ548の先端位置(-X方向端部の位置)を内側(+X方向)に抑えることができ、構成品ケース5616を小型化できる。このように、検出空間534への気流を阻害してしまう部品である構成品ケース5616を小型化できることにより、検出空間534への気流の流入を増大でき、検出精度を向上できる。また、電池保持バネ548のように電池収納時に常に電池から応力が作用する部品を、外部から視認できない検出部本体504に形成することにより、ケース502に電池保持バネ548を形成する場合と比べて上記応力に基づく変形に伴う外観不良を防止できる。 When the back case 521 and the detection unit main body 504 are combined, the battery holding spring 548 is inserted into the component case notch 5617, and the stopper portion 5618 is interposed in the biasing space 549 of the battery holding spring 548. To do. Since the stopper portion 5618 is interposed in the biasing space 549 in this way, the inward direction (+ X direction) of the battery holding spring 548 is restricted by the stopper portion 5618. Therefore, the battery holding spring is stored when the battery is stored. It can be prevented that 548 is plastically deformed due to excessive bending. As described above, in the fifth embodiment, the battery holding spring 548 is not provided in the back case 521 integrally with the stopper portion 5618 but is provided in the detection portion main body 504 configured to be separated from the back case 521. Therefore, compared to the case where the battery holding spring 548 is provided in the component case 5616 of the back case 521, the tip position (position of the −X direction end) of the battery holding spring 548 can be suppressed to the inside (+ X direction). The component case 5616 can be downsized. In this manner, the component case 5616, which is a component that hinders the airflow into the detection space 534, can be miniaturized, so that the inflow of airflow into the detection space 534 can be increased and the detection accuracy can be improved. In addition, by forming a part such as the battery holding spring 548 that is always subjected to stress from the battery when the battery is housed in the detection unit main body 504 that cannot be visually recognized from the outside, the battery holding spring 548 is formed in the case 502. Appearance defects associated with deformation based on the stress can be prevented.
(構成‐詳細‐検出部本体‐スピーカ収納部)
 スピーカ収納部545は、警報出力を行うスピーカを収納する収納手段であって、検出部本体504と一体形成された収納手段である。このスピーカ収納部545は、検出部本体504におけるスピーカと対応する位置に形成された下方向(-Z方向)に突出する板状の部材であり、スピーカの外形よりもわずかに大きい内径を有する円環状の部材である。ここで、「わずかに大きい」とは、少なくともスピーカを収納可能な大きさである限り任意であり、例えばスピーカの外周とスピーカ収納部545の内周との間に数ミリの隙間が形成される程度の大きさでも構わない。ここで、検出部本体504におけるスピーカ収納部545が形成された位置には、図50に示すように複数のスピーカ孔が形成されており、スピーカから発せられた警報音は、当該スピーカ孔を介して上方(+Z方向)にも流れるようになっている。
(Configuration-Details-Detector body-Speaker compartment)
The speaker storage unit 545 is a storage unit that stores a speaker that outputs an alarm, and is a storage unit that is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504. The speaker housing portion 545 is a plate-like member that protrudes downward (−Z direction) and is formed at a position corresponding to the speaker in the detection unit main body 504, and has a circular inner diameter that is slightly larger than the outer shape of the speaker. An annular member. Here, “slightly large” is arbitrary as long as it is at least large enough to accommodate a speaker. For example, a gap of several millimeters is formed between the outer periphery of the speaker and the inner periphery of the speaker storage portion 545. The size may be as large as possible. Here, a plurality of speaker holes are formed at the position where the speaker storage unit 545 is formed in the detection unit main body 504, as shown in FIG. 50, and an alarm sound emitted from the speaker is transmitted through the speaker hole. Thus, it also flows upward (in the + Z direction).
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部)
 次に、検出部本体504における配置凹部5431の周辺の詳細について説明する。図52は、図32のB-B矢視断面図、図53は、図52のC-C矢視断面図である。これらの図52及び図53や、上述した図45から図47に示すように、検出部本体504における上面(+Z側の面)には、概略的に、発光窪み部5432、受光窪み部5433、溝部5434、及び外縁壁5435が設けられており、また、上述した図51に示すように、検出部本体504における下側の面(回路基板551と対向する側の面。-Z側の面)には、遮光枠部5438が設けられている。なお、図53においては、発光部552の光軸を一点鎖線、受光部553の光軸を二点鎖線で図示している。
(Configuration-details-placement recess)
Next, details of the periphery of the arrangement recess 5431 in the detection unit main body 504 will be described. 52 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 32, and FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 52 and 53 and FIGS. 45 to 47 described above, on the upper surface (the surface on the + Z side) of the detection unit main body 504, a light emitting depression 5432, a light receiving depression 5433, A groove portion 5434 and an outer edge wall 5435 are provided, and as shown in FIG. 51 described above, the lower surface (surface facing the circuit board 551, surface on the −Z side) of the detection portion main body 504. Is provided with a light-shielding frame portion 5438. In FIG. 53, the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 is illustrated by a one-dot chain line, and the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553 is illustrated by a two-dot chain line.
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部‐発光窪み部)
 発光窪み部5432は、発光部552の光軸上に塵埃が位置してしまうことに伴う検出精度の低下を抑止する検出精度低下抑止手段である。具体的には、この発光窪み部5432は、配置凹部5431の中央よりも発光部552側の位置に配置凹部5431と一体形成された窪みであって、具体的な形状は任意であるが、本実施形態5においては図53に示すように最も外側の面が斜面となっている断面視台形状の窪みを呈している。
(Configuration-Details-Arrangement recess-Light emission recess)
The light emission recess portion 5432 is a detection accuracy decrease suppression unit that suppresses a decrease in detection accuracy due to dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light emission portion 552. Specifically, the light emitting depression 5432 is a depression formed integrally with the arrangement recess 5431 at a position closer to the light emission part 552 than the center of the arrangement depression 5431, and the specific shape is arbitrary. In the fifth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 53, a hollow having a trapezoidal cross-sectional view whose outermost surface is an inclined surface is presented.
 ここで、この斜面の部分には、検出部本体504を貫通する発光孔5436が形成されている。この発光孔5436は、発光部552から、検出部本体504を通過して検出空間534へと光を導入するための孔である。具体的には、発光窪み部5432における発光部552の光軸上に設けられた孔であって、発光窪み部5432の斜面を貫通するように形成されている。この発光孔5436の径の大きさや形状は、発光部552の光を検出空間534に導入可能である限り任意であり、例えば発光部552の光の投射角度や光量等に基づいて、実験や解析等により適切な大きさや形状を決定することができる。 Here, a light emitting hole 5436 penetrating the detection unit main body 504 is formed in the slope portion. The light emitting hole 5436 is a hole for introducing light from the light emitting unit 552 through the detection unit main body 504 to the detection space 534. Specifically, it is a hole provided on the optical axis of the light-emitting portion 552 in the light-emitting depression portion 5432 and is formed so as to penetrate the slope of the light-emitting depression portion 5432. The size and shape of the diameter of the light emitting hole 5436 are arbitrary as long as the light from the light emitting unit 552 can be introduced into the detection space 534. For example, experiments and analyzes are performed based on the projection angle, the amount of light, and the like of the light from the light emitting unit 552. An appropriate size and shape can be determined by such as.
 発光窪み部5432の説明に戻り、このように発光窪み部5432を設けて、発光孔5436よりも内側の位置(図53における右方)を窪ませることにより、発光窪み部5432の底面に塵埃が多少蓄積したとしても、蓄積した塵埃が発光孔5436の高さに至るまでは光軸上に塵埃が位置しない。そのため、発光部552の光軸上に塵埃が位置してしまうことに伴う検出精度の低下を抑止できる。ここで、この発光窪み部5432の深さは、塵埃の蓄積による検出精度の低下を防止するためには深い程好ましい。すなわち、発光窪み部5432が浅いと、発光窪み部5432の底面に微かに塵埃が蓄積しただけで、当該塵埃が発光部552の光軸上に位置してしまい、光が塵埃に反射されてしまって煙を誤検出してしまう可能性があるが、発光窪み部5432を深くして塵埃を多く蓄積可能とすることにより、このような事態を防止できる。ただし、深すぎると検出部本体504の全体の厚みが大きくなり、ひいては警報装置5100の全体が大型化してしまうため好ましくない。なお、本実施形態5においては深さ3mm程度の窪みを呈している。 Returning to the description of the light emitting depression 5432, the light emitting depression 5432 is provided in this way, and the inner side (right side in FIG. 53) of the light emitting hole 5436 is recessed, so that dust is deposited on the bottom surface of the light emitting depression 5432. Even if some accumulation occurs, the accumulated dust does not lie on the optical axis until the accumulated dust reaches the height of the light emitting hole 5436. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552. Here, the depth of the light emitting depression 5432 is preferably as deep as possible in order to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to accumulation of dust. In other words, if the light emitting depression 5432 is shallow, only a slight accumulation of dust on the bottom surface of the light emitting depression 5432 causes the dust to be positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting portion 552, and the light is reflected by the dust. Although smoke may be erroneously detected, such a situation can be prevented by deepening the light emitting depression 5432 so that a large amount of dust can be accumulated. However, when the depth is too deep, the entire thickness of the detection unit main body 504 is increased, and as a result, the entire alarm device 5100 is increased in size. In addition, in this Embodiment 5, the hollow about 3 mm deep is exhibited.
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部‐受光窪み部)
 受光窪み部5433は、受光部553の光軸上に塵埃が位置してしまうことに伴う検出精度の低下を抑止する検出精度低下抑止手段である。具体的には、この受光窪み部5433は、配置凹部5431の中央よりも受光部553側の位置に配置凹部5431と一体形成された窪みであって、具体的な形状は任意であるが、本実施形態5においては図50に示すように最も外側の面が斜面となっている断面視台形状の窪みを呈している。
(Structure-Details-Placement recess-Light receiving recess)
The light receiving dent 5433 is a detection accuracy lowering suppression unit that suppresses a decrease in detection accuracy due to dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553. Specifically, the light receiving depression 5433 is a depression formed integrally with the arrangement concave portion 5431 at a position closer to the light receiving portion 553 than the center of the arrangement concave portion 5431, and the specific shape is arbitrary. In the fifth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 50, a hollow having a trapezoidal cross-sectional view in which the outermost surface is an inclined surface is presented.
 ここで、この斜面の部分には受光孔5437が形成されている。この受光孔5437は、検出空間534から検出部本体504を通過して受光部553へと光を導入するための孔である。具体的には、受光窪み部5433における受光部553の光軸上に設けられた孔であって、受光窪み部5433の斜面を貫通するように形成されている。この受光孔5437の径の大きさや形状は、受光部553に光を導入可能である限り任意であり、例えば、受光部553の検出空間534側の面に設けられて集光機能を有するレンズ部(符号省略)と同一の大きさや形状で形成しても構わない。 Here, a light receiving hole 5437 is formed in the slope portion. The light receiving hole 5437 is a hole for introducing light from the detection space 534 through the detection unit main body 504 to the light receiving unit 553. Specifically, it is a hole provided on the optical axis of the light receiving part 553 in the light receiving hollow part 5433, and is formed so as to penetrate the slope of the light receiving hollow part 5433. The diameter and shape of the light receiving hole 5437 are arbitrary as long as light can be introduced into the light receiving portion 553. For example, a lens portion provided on the surface of the light receiving portion 553 on the detection space 534 side and having a light collecting function. You may form with the same magnitude | size and shape as (sign abbreviation).
 受光窪み部5433の説明に戻り、このように受光窪み部5433を設けて、受光孔5437よりも内側の位置(図53における左方)を窪ませることにより、受光窪み部5433の底面に塵埃が多少蓄積したとしても、蓄積した塵埃が受光孔5437の高さに至るまでは光軸上に塵埃が位置しない。そのため、受光部553の光軸上に塵埃が位置してしまうことに伴う検出精度の低下を抑止できる。ここで、この受光窪み部5433の深さは、上述した発光窪み部5432と同様に、塵埃の蓄積による検出精度の低下を防止するためには深い程好ましい。なお、本実施形態5においては深さ3mm程度の窪みを呈している。 Returning to the description of the light receiving depression 5433, the light receiving depression 5433 is provided in this way, and the inner side of the light receiving hole 5437 (left side in FIG. 53) is depressed, so that dust is deposited on the bottom surface of the light receiving depression 5433. Even if some accumulation occurs, the accumulated dust does not lie on the optical axis until the height of the light receiving hole 5437 is reached. For this reason, it is possible to suppress a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553. Here, the depth of the light receiving depression 5433 is preferably as deep as possible in order to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to accumulation of dust, like the light emitting depression 5432 described above. In addition, in this Embodiment 5, the hollow about 3 mm deep is exhibited.
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部‐溝部)
 溝部5434は、検出部本体504のうち検出空間534と対向する面における発光孔5436及び受光孔5437の周囲に形成された溝部5434であって、検出空間534と反対側に向けて凹んだ溝である。具体的には、具体的には、溝部5434は、発光窪み部5432及び受光窪み部5433の周囲を覆うように、配置凹部5431と一体に形成された溝であって、配置凹部5431よりもさらに検出空間534と反対側(すなわち、下側)に向けて一段低くなった部分である。このように配置凹部5431おいて一段低くなっている溝部5434を設けることにより、検出空間534に浸入した塵埃が当該溝部5434に蓄積するので、素子カバー546の表面に塵埃が高く積み上げられてしまうことを防止できる。したがって、蓄積した塵埃が発光部552や受光部553の光軸上に位置してしまうことにより、検出精度が低下してしまう事態を防止できる。なお、溝部5434の深さについては任意であるが、例えば1mmから2mm程度の深さでも構わない。
(Configuration-details-placement recess-groove)
The groove portion 5434 is a groove portion 5434 formed around the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437 on the surface of the detection unit main body 504 facing the detection space 534, and is a groove recessed toward the opposite side of the detection space 534. is there. Specifically, the groove portion 5434 is a groove that is formed integrally with the placement recess portion 5431 so as to cover the periphery of the light emission recess portion 5432 and the light reception recess portion 5433, and is further formed than the placement recess portion 5431. This is a portion that is lowered by one step toward the side opposite to the detection space 534 (that is, the lower side). By providing the groove portion 5434 that is one step lower in the arrangement concave portion 5431 in this way, dust that has entered the detection space 534 accumulates in the groove portion 5434, so that the dust is accumulated on the surface of the element cover 546. Can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the detection accuracy is lowered due to the accumulated dust being positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553. The depth of the groove 5434 is arbitrary, but may be, for example, a depth of about 1 mm to 2 mm.
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部‐外縁壁)
 外縁壁5435は、検出部本体504の検出空間534側の面における発光窪み部5432及び受光窪み部5433の周囲に、検出部本体504から検出空間534側に向けて立ち上げられた壁部である。具体的には、外縁壁5435は、溝部5434の表面に設けられた樹脂製の壁であって、発光窪み部5432及び受光窪み部5433の取付面側(すなわち、上面側)の外縁に沿って形成された壁である。この外縁壁5435の厚みは十分な強度を維持できる限り任意であるが、本実施形態5では約1mm程度の厚みの板状体を呈している。また、外縁壁5435の高さは光軸に干渉しない限り任意であり、例えば本実施形態5では1.5mm程度の均一高さに形成されているが、これに限らず不均一の高さに形成しても構わない。
(Configuration-details-placement recess-outer edge wall)
The outer edge wall 5435 is a wall portion raised from the detection unit main body 504 toward the detection space 534 around the light emission depression 5432 and the light reception depression 5433 on the surface of the detection main body 504 on the detection space 534 side. . Specifically, the outer edge wall 5435 is a resin wall provided on the surface of the groove 5434, and extends along the outer edge of the light emitting depression 5432 and the light receiving depression 5433 on the attachment surface side (that is, the upper surface side). It is a formed wall. The thickness of the outer edge wall 5435 is arbitrary as long as sufficient strength can be maintained. In the fifth embodiment, a plate-like body having a thickness of about 1 mm is presented. The height of the outer edge wall 5435 is arbitrary as long as it does not interfere with the optical axis. For example, in the fifth embodiment, the outer edge wall 5435 is formed to have a uniform height of about 1.5 mm. It may be formed.
 このように外縁壁5435を設けることにより、図53に示すように発光部552と受光部553の相互間に外縁壁5435が位置するため、検出空間534を介さずに直接受光部553に受光されてしまうことを防止でき、誤検出を防止できる。また、この外縁壁5435によって、溝部5434に蓄積した塵埃が発光孔5436や受光孔5437を介して発光部552や受光部553へと落下してしまうことを防止でき、発光部552や受光部553の表面に塵埃が蓄積することに伴う検出精度の低下を防止することが可能となる。さらに、溝部5434に蓄積した塵埃が、溝部5434から発光窪み部5432の底面や受光窪み部5433の底面に落下して蓄積してしまうことを防止でき、発光窪み部5432の底面や受光窪み部5433の底面に蓄積した塵埃が発光部552や受光部553の光軸上に位置してしまうことに伴う検出精度の低下を防止できる。 By providing the outer edge wall 5435 in this manner, the outer edge wall 5435 is positioned between the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 as shown in FIG. 53, and therefore the light is received by the light receiving portion 553 directly without passing through the detection space 534. Can be prevented and erroneous detection can be prevented. Further, the outer edge wall 5435 can prevent the dust accumulated in the groove portion 5434 from dropping to the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 through the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, and the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553. It is possible to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to the accumulation of dust on the surface. Further, dust accumulated in the groove portion 5434 can be prevented from dropping and accumulating from the groove portion 5434 to the bottom surface of the light emitting depression portion 5432 and the bottom surface of the light receiving depression portion 5433. It is possible to prevent a decrease in detection accuracy due to the dust accumulated on the bottom surface of the light being positioned on the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553.
(構成‐詳細‐配置凹部‐遮光枠部)
 遮光枠部5438は、検出部本体504のうち回路基板551と対向する面における発光孔5436又は受光孔5437の周囲に形成された遮光手段であって、基板に向けて立ち上げられるように配置され、発光部552及び受光部553の周囲を覆う遮光手段である。この遮光枠部5438は、具体的には、下面を開放面とする枠状体であって、検出部本体504の下面(-Z方向の面)から下方に突出するように形成されている。そして、検出部本体504と回路基板551とを組み合わせた際には、回路基板551に取り付けられた発光部552及び受光部553が、遮光枠部5438の内部に収容されて、発光部552及び受光部553の前後左右を覆うように配置される。
(Configuration-Details-Placement recess-Shading frame)
The light shielding frame portion 5438 is light shielding means formed around the light emitting hole 5436 or the light receiving hole 5437 on the surface of the detection unit main body 504 facing the circuit board 551, and is disposed so as to be raised toward the substrate. , A light shielding unit that covers the periphery of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553. Specifically, the light shielding frame portion 5438 is a frame-like body having a lower surface as an open surface, and is formed so as to protrude downward from the lower surface (surface in the −Z direction) of the detection portion main body 504. When the detection unit main body 504 and the circuit board 551 are combined, the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 attached to the circuit board 551 are accommodated in the light shielding frame unit 5438, and the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 552 are received. It arrange | positions so that front and rear, right and left of the part 553 may be covered.
 このように、遮光枠部5438で発光部552及び受光部553を覆うことにより、検出空間534を介することなく(すなわち検出部本体504の下方を回り込んで)発光部552から受光部553に検出光が至ってしまうことを防止でき、正しいルート(発光部552からの光が、発光孔5436、検出空間534、受光孔5437を順次介して受光部553に至るルート)へ光を通すことができ、誤検出を防止できる。なお、本実施形態5では、遮光枠部5438は、発光部552及び受光部553の両方を覆うような形状としたが、これに限らず、いずれか一方のみを覆う形状としても構わない。 Thus, by covering the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 with the light shielding frame 5438, the light receiving unit 553 detects the light from the light emitting unit 552 without going through the detection space 534 (that is, around the detection unit main body 504). The light can be prevented from reaching, and the light can be transmitted to the correct route (the light from the light emitting unit 552 reaches the light receiving unit 553 sequentially through the light emitting hole 5436, the detection space 534, and the light receiving hole 5437). False detection can be prevented. In the fifth embodiment, the light shielding frame portion 5438 has a shape that covers both the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may have a shape that covers only one of them.
(構成‐詳細‐回路基板)
 続いて、回路基板551の詳細について説明する。図54は、回路基板551の斜視図である。この図54に示すように、回路基板551は、概略的に、発光部552、受光部553、シールド554、及び基板孔556を備えている。
(Configuration-Details-Circuit board)
Next, details of the circuit board 551 will be described. FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the circuit board 551. As shown in FIG. 54, the circuit board 551 generally includes a light emitting unit 552, a light receiving unit 553, a shield 554, and a substrate hole 556.
 まず、発光部552は、検出空間534に対して発光する発光手段(発光側検出手段)であって、警報装置5100の取付面に向かう方向に光を投光する投光手段であり、公知の発光ダイオードとして形成されており、二本の接続線(足)を所定角度で折り曲げた状態で回路基板551に実装されることにより、所定角度の光軸を確定している。 First, the light emitting unit 552 is a light emitting means (light emission side detection means) that emits light to the detection space 534, and is a light projecting means that projects light in a direction toward the mounting surface of the alarm device 5100. It is formed as a light emitting diode, and is mounted on the circuit board 551 in a state where two connection lines (legs) are bent at a predetermined angle, thereby determining an optical axis at a predetermined angle.
 また、受光部553は、発光部552から検出空間534に投光された光の反射光を受光する受光手段であり、また、受光した光の光量に基づいて被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する受光手段(受光側検出手段)であり、公知のフォトダイオードとして形成されており、シールド554と一体形成されている。 The light receiving unit 553 is a light receiving unit that receives reflected light of the light projected from the light emitting unit 552 to the detection space 534, and whether or not a substance to be detected is included based on the amount of light received. This is a light receiving means (light receiving side detecting means) for detecting the above, and is formed as a known photodiode and is integrally formed with the shield 554.
 また、シールド554は、受光部553へのノイズを防止するノイズ防止手段であって、受光部553が所定方向を向くように受光部553と一体的に形成されることにより、受光部553の光軸を確定するノイズ防止手段である。具体的には、このシールド554は、回路基板551の上側(+Z方向)の面に、発光部552と対向するように配置されており、シールド554における底面は回路基板551と平行であり、シールド554における発光部552と対向する側の面が鉛直よりも所定角度だけ傾斜した傾斜面(受光部553が実装された面)であり、これらの底面と傾斜面とが鋭角を成している。すなわち、シールド554を回路基板551に実装した時点で、シールド554の形状により、受光部553の光軸が確定する。 The shield 554 is noise prevention means for preventing noise to the light receiving unit 553, and is formed integrally with the light receiving unit 553 so that the light receiving unit 553 is directed in a predetermined direction. This is a noise prevention means for determining the axis. Specifically, the shield 554 is disposed on the upper surface (+ Z direction) of the circuit board 551 so as to face the light emitting unit 552. The bottom surface of the shield 554 is parallel to the circuit board 551, and the shield A surface on the side facing the light emitting unit 552 in 554 is an inclined surface (surface on which the light receiving unit 553 is mounted) inclined by a predetermined angle from the vertical, and the bottom surface and the inclined surface form an acute angle. That is, when the shield 554 is mounted on the circuit board 551, the optical axis of the light receiving unit 553 is determined by the shape of the shield 554.
 また、基板孔556は、発光部552における折り曲げられた部分と対応する位置に設けられた孔であって、発光部552の回路基板551に対する取り付け角度を確定するための光軸調整ピン5701を挿通可能な孔である。具体的には、基板孔556は、発光部552の接続線の取り付け位置より受光部553側に形成された孔であって、この孔の形状や径は光軸調整ピン5701を挿通可能な限り任意であるが、本実施形態5では直径約5mm程度の円形の孔である。ここで、「光軸調整ピン」5701とは、発光部552の回路基板551に対する取り付け角度を確定する際に用いる角度確定器具であって、例えば任意の棒状の治具を含む概念である。なお、発光部552における基板孔556と対向する側の面は曲面であるため、光軸調整ピン5701の先端は、発光部552を保持し易いように当該曲面に対応する形状の凹面であることが好ましい。 The substrate hole 556 is a hole provided at a position corresponding to the bent portion of the light emitting unit 552, and an optical axis adjustment pin 5701 for determining the mounting angle of the light emitting unit 552 with respect to the circuit board 551 is inserted. It is a possible hole. Specifically, the substrate hole 556 is a hole formed on the light receiving unit 553 side from the attachment position of the connection line of the light emitting unit 552, and the shape and diameter of the hole is as long as the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 can be inserted. Although it is optional, the fifth embodiment is a circular hole having a diameter of about 5 mm. Here, the “optical axis adjusting pin” 5701 is an angle determining instrument used when determining the mounting angle of the light emitting unit 552 with respect to the circuit board 551, and is a concept including, for example, an arbitrary bar-shaped jig. Since the surface of the light emitting portion 552 facing the substrate hole 556 is a curved surface, the tip of the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is a concave surface corresponding to the curved surface so that the light emitting portion 552 can be easily held. Is preferred.
(構成‐詳細‐表ケース)
 次に、表ケース522の詳細について説明する。ここで、表ケース522の上面(+Z方向側の面)には、上方向(+Z方向)に向けて突出する閉塞突起5226(図35や図41参照)が形成されている。この閉塞突起5226は、発光部552、受光部553、及び検出部本体504を収容した状態で基板孔556を塞ぐ閉塞手段であると共に、発光部552を支持可能な支持手段である。具体的には、この閉塞突起5226は、表ケース522における回路基板551の基板孔556に対応する位置(基板孔556の真下方向(-Z方向)の位置)に設けられており、基板孔556に対して挿通可能な径を有する突起である。ここで、「挿通可能」とは、基板孔556の内径よりも小さい外径を有することであるが、基板孔556の内径に近い大きさの外径である程好ましい。このように閉塞突起5226により基板孔556を閉塞することにより、発光部552の光が基板孔556を通って回路基板551の下方(-Z方向)に回り込んでしまうことを防止でき、受光部553が当該回り込みの光を受けて煙の発生を誤検出してしまう可能性を低減できる。さらに、発光部552の光として可視光を用いる場合には、当該可視光が基板孔556を通って表ケース522に移りこんでしまうことに伴う外観不良を防止できる。
(Configuration-Details-Table case)
Next, details of the front case 522 will be described. Here, on the upper surface (the surface on the + Z direction side) of the front case 522, a closing protrusion 5226 (see FIGS. 35 and 41) protruding upward (+ Z direction) is formed. The closing protrusion 5226 is a closing unit that closes the substrate hole 556 in a state where the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the detection unit main body 504 are accommodated, and is a supporting unit that can support the light emitting unit 552. Specifically, the closing protrusion 5226 is provided at a position corresponding to the board hole 556 of the circuit board 551 in the front case 522 (a position directly below the board hole 556 (−Z direction)). It is a protrusion which has a diameter which can be inserted in to. Here, “insertable” means that the outer diameter is smaller than the inner diameter of the substrate hole 556, but the outer diameter is preferably close to the inner diameter of the substrate hole 556. Thus, by closing the substrate hole 556 with the closing protrusion 5226, it is possible to prevent the light from the light emitting portion 552 from passing around the substrate substrate 551 (−Z direction) through the substrate hole 556, and to the light receiving portion. It is possible to reduce the possibility that 553 receives the wraparound light and erroneously detects the generation of smoke. Further, in the case where visible light is used as the light emitted from the light emitting portion 552, appearance defects associated with the visible light being transferred to the front case 522 through the substrate hole 556 can be prevented.
 ここで、閉塞突起5226の高さ(Z方向の長さ)は、少なくとも、表ケース522に回路基板551を設置した際に閉塞突起5226の先端が基板孔556に挿通される程度の長さを有する限り任意であるが、発光部552を支持可能な長さであるとより好ましい。「発光部552を支持可能」とは、発光部552を支持することにより、発光部552に衝撃等が加わった際に発光部552の接続線が曲がってしまうことを防止可能であることを示し、例えば、閉塞突起5226の先端が発光部552に干渉していることにより、発光部552を固定支持することや、閉塞突起5226の先端が発光部552に干渉しておらず、発光部552のわずか下方(-Z方向)に位置していることにより、発光部552の許容範囲を超えた折り曲がりを防止することを含む。なお、閉塞突起5226の先端形状は任意であり、例えば曲面形状である発光部552を支持し易いように、当該曲面形状に対応する凹面形状を呈していても構わない。 Here, the height of the closing projection 5226 (the length in the Z direction) is at least long enough to allow the end of the closing projection 5226 to be inserted into the board hole 556 when the circuit board 551 is installed in the front case 522. Although it is arbitrary as long as it has, it is more preferable if it is the length which can support the light emission part 552. “Supporting the light emitting unit 552” indicates that supporting the light emitting unit 552 can prevent the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 from being bent when an impact or the like is applied to the light emitting unit 552. For example, the front end of the blocking projection 5226 interferes with the light emitting unit 552, so that the light emitting unit 552 is fixedly supported, or the front end of the closing projection 5226 does not interfere with the light emitting unit 552, and the light emitting unit 552 This includes preventing the light-emitting portion 552 from bending beyond the allowable range by being positioned slightly below (−Z direction). Note that the tip shape of the blocking protrusion 5226 is arbitrary, and may have a concave shape corresponding to the curved surface shape so as to easily support the light emitting portion 552 having a curved shape, for example.
(回路基板に対する実装方法)
 続いて、本実施形態5に回路基板551に対して、上記の発光部552、受光部553、及びシールド554を実装する実装方法について説明する。
(Mounting method on circuit board)
Next, a mounting method for mounting the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the shield 554 on the circuit board 551 in the fifth embodiment will be described.
 まずは、実装方法に用いる実装用治具5700の構成について、簡略的に説明する。図55は、回路基板551及び実装用治具5700を示す断面図である。この図55に示すように、実装用治具5700は、土台5710、及び上蓋5720を備えており、土台5710と上蓋5720との間に回路基板551を介装可能に構成されている。 First, the configuration of the mounting jig 5700 used for the mounting method will be briefly described. FIG. 55 is a cross-sectional view showing the circuit board 551 and the mounting jig 5700. As shown in FIG. 55, the mounting jig 5700 includes a base 5710 and an upper lid 5720, and is configured such that a circuit board 551 can be interposed between the base 5710 and the upper lid 5720.
 まずは土台5710の構成について説明する。土台5710は、発光部ポケット5711、及び受光部ポケット5712を備えている。 First, the configuration of the base 5710 will be described. The base 5710 includes a light emitting portion pocket 5711 and a light receiving portion pocket 5712.
 発光部ポケット5711は、発光部552を収容可能な大きさ及び形状の凹部であって、発光部552を発光部ポケット5711に収容した状態において、発光部552と回路基板551との位置関係が、発光部552を回路基板551に最終的に実装した際の位置関係となる。ここで、当該発光部ポケット5711の底面(+Z方向端面)は、発光部552の接続線の折曲角度に対応する角度(発光部552の光軸と平行の角度)の斜面形状を呈している。なお、このように斜面形状を有する理由については後述する。 The light emitting portion pocket 5711 is a recess having a size and shape that can accommodate the light emitting portion 552. In the state where the light emitting portion 552 is accommodated in the light emitting portion pocket 5711, the positional relationship between the light emitting portion 552 and the circuit board 551 is as follows. The positional relationship when the light emitting unit 552 is finally mounted on the circuit board 551 is obtained. Here, the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light emitting unit pocket 5711 has an inclined shape with an angle corresponding to the bending angle of the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 (an angle parallel to the optical axis of the light emitting unit 552). . The reason for having such a slope shape will be described later.
 また、受光部ポケット5712は、受光部553が一体形成されたシールド554を収容可能な大きさ及び形状の凹部であって、受光部553(及びシールド554)を受光部ポケット5712に収容した状態において、受光部553と回路基板551との位置関係が、受光部553を回路基板551に最終的に実装した際の位置関係となる。ここで、当該受光部ポケット5712の底面(+Z方向端面)は、シールド554の傾斜角度に対応する角度の斜面形状を呈している。なお、このように斜面形状を有する理由については後述する。 The light receiving portion pocket 5712 is a recess having a size and shape that can accommodate the shield 554 in which the light receiving portion 553 is integrally formed. In the state where the light receiving portion 553 (and the shield 554) is received in the light receiving portion pocket 5712, The positional relationship between the light receiving unit 553 and the circuit board 551 is the positional relationship when the light receiving unit 553 is finally mounted on the circuit board 551. Here, the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light receiving portion pocket 5712 has an inclined surface shape having an angle corresponding to the inclination angle of the shield 554. The reason for having such a slope shape will be described later.
 ここで、この受光部ポケット5712に受光部553が収容される状態において、受光部553は回路基板551に対して押圧されている。具体的には、土台5710には付勢穴5716が設けられており、この付勢穴5716の内部にはスライド部材5713が上下にスライド可能に格納されており、受光部ポケット5712は当該スライド部材5713の-Z方向端部に形成されている。そして、付勢穴5716の底面(+Z方向端面)にはバネ5714が配置されており、スライド部材5713を回路基板551に向かう方向(-Z方向)へ付勢しており、このことによって、受光部ポケット5712に収容された受光部553が回路基板551に圧しつけられている。なお、受光部553を回路基板551に圧し付ける具体的な方法はこれに限らず、例えば上述したバネ5714の代わりにゴム等の弾性部材を適用しても構わない。 Here, in a state where the light receiving portion 553 is accommodated in the light receiving portion pocket 5712, the light receiving portion 553 is pressed against the circuit board 551. Specifically, the base 5710 is provided with an urging hole 5716, and a sliding member 5713 is slidably stored in the urging hole 5716. The light receiving portion pocket 5712 includes the sliding member 5712. It is formed at the −Z direction end of 5713. A spring 5714 is disposed on the bottom surface (+ Z direction end surface) of the urging hole 5716 to urge the slide member 5713 in the direction toward the circuit board 551 (−Z direction). The light receiving part 553 accommodated in the part pocket 5712 is pressed against the circuit board 551. The specific method of pressing the light receiving portion 553 against the circuit board 551 is not limited to this, and for example, an elastic member such as rubber may be applied instead of the spring 5714 described above.
 次に、上蓋5720の構成について説明する。上蓋5720は、全体として土台5710に対して一端部を基点として回動可能に取り付けられている。そして、この上蓋5720の平面視における中央部には、回路基板551より僅かに小さい平面形状の露出孔5721が設けられており、上蓋5720を閉じた状態では、この露出孔5721を介して回路基板551の中央付近(上述した発光部ポケット5711及び受光部ポケット5712を含む部分)は外部に露出し(後述する図59等参照)、回路基板551の外縁部は上蓋5720によって抑えられて固定される。 Next, the configuration of the upper lid 5720 will be described. The upper lid 5720 is attached to the base 5710 so as to be rotatable about one end as a base point. In addition, an exposure hole 5721 having a planar shape slightly smaller than the circuit board 551 is provided in the center portion of the upper cover 5720 in plan view. When the upper cover 5720 is closed, the circuit board is interposed through the exposure hole 5721. The vicinity of the center of 551 (the portion including the light emitting portion pocket 5711 and the light receiving portion pocket 5712 described above) is exposed to the outside (see FIG. 59 and the like described later), and the outer edge portion of the circuit board 551 is held down and fixed by the upper lid 5720. .
 上記のような実装用治具5700を用いた実装方法について以下で説明する。図56は、初期状態の実装用治具5700を示す斜視図である。この状態では上蓋5720は開状態となっている。図57は、発光部552、受光部553、及びシールド554を実装用治具5700に配置した状態の実装用治具5700を示す斜視図である。このように、まず、発光部ポケット5711の内部に発光部552を収容し、受光部ポケット5712の内部にシールド554(受光部553が一体に形成されたシールド554)を収容する。ここで、発光部552については、予め他の公知の治具(フォーミング治具等)を用いて発光部552の接続線を所定角度曲げた状態にて収容する。なお、上述したように発光部ポケット5711の底面(+Z方向端面)は斜面形状となっており、発光部552を収容した際には発光部552が所定角度を成すように配置されるが、この底面(+Z方向端面)の斜面の角度は上記接続線の折曲げ角度と対応するため、発光部552を収容した状態において発光部552の接続線は鉛直方向に沿うように配置される。また、シールド554の+Z方向端部は上述したように斜面形状となっており、受光部ポケット5712の底面(+Z方向端面)もこの形状と対応する斜面形状となっているため、シールド554を収容した際にはシールド554の回路基板551側の端面(-Z方向の端面)が回路基板551に沿うように水平になる。 A mounting method using the mounting jig 5700 as described above will be described below. FIG. 56 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 in the initial state. In this state, the upper lid 5720 is open. FIG. 57 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 in a state where the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the shield 554 are arranged on the mounting jig 5700. As described above, first, the light emitting unit 552 is accommodated in the light emitting unit pocket 5711, and the shield 554 (the shield 554 in which the light receiving unit 553 is integrally formed) is accommodated in the light receiving unit pocket 5712. Here, the light emitting unit 552 is accommodated in advance in a state where the connection line of the light emitting unit 552 is bent at a predetermined angle using another known jig (forming jig or the like). As described above, the bottom surface (the end surface in the + Z direction) of the light emitting portion pocket 5711 has a slope shape, and when the light emitting portion 552 is accommodated, the light emitting portion 552 is arranged at a predetermined angle. Since the angle of the slope of the bottom surface (+ Z direction end face) corresponds to the bending angle of the connection line, the connection line of the light emitting part 552 is arranged along the vertical direction in a state where the light emitting part 552 is accommodated. Further, the + Z direction end portion of the shield 554 has a slope shape as described above, and the bottom surface (+ Z direction end surface) of the light receiving portion pocket 5712 has a slope shape corresponding to this shape, so that the shield 554 is accommodated. In this case, the end face (end face in the −Z direction) of the shield 554 on the circuit board 551 side becomes horizontal so as to follow the circuit board 551.
 続いて、実装用治具5700の土台5710に回路基板551を載置する(検出空間534に流入した気体に被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する発光部552及び受光部553を、素子を実装可能な回路基板551に対して所定角度で取り付ける取付工程)。図58は、回路基板551を載置した状態の実装用治具5700を示す斜視図である。ここで、実装用治具5700には位置決め用突起5715が形成されており、当該位置決め用突起5715が回路基板551に形成された位置決め用孔557を貫通するように回路基板551を載置することにより、土台5710に対する回路基板551の位置を一意に確定できる。この際に、回路基板551に設けられた各スルーホールに発光部552、シールド554、及び受光部553の接続線が挿通される。 Subsequently, the circuit board 551 is placed on the base 5710 of the mounting jig 5700 (the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space 534, (Attaching step for attaching the element to the circuit board 551 on which the element can be mounted) at a predetermined angle). FIG. 58 is a perspective view showing the mounting jig 5700 with the circuit board 551 mounted thereon. Here, a positioning protrusion 5715 is formed on the mounting jig 5700, and the circuit board 551 is placed so that the positioning protrusion 5715 penetrates the positioning hole 557 formed in the circuit board 551. Thus, the position of the circuit board 551 with respect to the base 5710 can be uniquely determined. At this time, the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552, the shield 554, and the light receiving unit 553 are inserted into the through holes provided in the circuit board 551.
 続いて、上蓋5720を閉状態にして回路基板551を固定する。図59は、上蓋5720を閉状態にした実装用治具5700を示す斜視図である。なお、回路基板551をさらに動かないようにするためには公知のピン等で上蓋5720を抑え付けても良い。 Subsequently, the upper lid 5720 is closed and the circuit board 551 is fixed. FIG. 59 is a perspective view showing a mounting jig 5700 in which the upper lid 5720 is closed. In order to prevent the circuit board 551 from further moving, the upper lid 5720 may be held down with a known pin or the like.
 最後に、図59に示す状態において、回路基板551に対して発光部552、受光部553、及びシールド554を電気的に実装する(取付工程において回路基板551に取り付けた発光部552及び受光部553を、所定角度(取付時の角度)を維持した状態で回路基板551に対して電気的に実装する実装工程)。なお、図示のように上蓋5720の露出孔5721によって、回路基板551の一部が露出しているので、上蓋5720が閉状態でも回路基板551に直接ハンダ付け等が可能である。具体的には、まず、回路基板551に設けられた基板孔556に光軸調整ピン5701(図55参照)を挿通して発光部552を発光部ポケット5711の+Z方向端面に抑え付けて固定した状態で、回路基板551のスルーホールから突出した発光部552の接続線を回路基板551に対してハンダ付けして実装する。このように、発光部552は光軸調整ピン5701で押圧する力によって発光部ポケット5711の内部に斜め向きに抑え付けられることによって、設置位置及び角度が一意に決められている。続いて、回路基板551のスルーホールから突出した受光部553の接続線を回路基板551に対してハンダ付けして実装する。なお、受光部553は、上述したように-Z向きの付勢力によって回路基板551に対して抑え付けられることによって、設置位置及び角度が一意に決められている。 Finally, in the state shown in FIG. 59, the light emitting portion 552, the light receiving portion 553, and the shield 554 are electrically mounted on the circuit board 551 (the light emitting portion 552 and the light receiving portion 553 attached to the circuit board 551 in the attaching step). Is mounted on the circuit board 551 while maintaining a predetermined angle (an angle at the time of attachment)). As shown in the drawing, a part of the circuit board 551 is exposed through the exposure hole 5721 of the upper lid 5720, so that the circuit board 551 can be soldered directly even when the upper lid 5720 is closed. Specifically, first, an optical axis adjustment pin 5701 (see FIG. 55) is inserted into a board hole 556 provided in the circuit board 551, and the light emitting part 552 is fixed to the end face of the light emitting part pocket 5711 in the + Z direction. In this state, the connection line of the light emitting portion 552 protruding from the through hole of the circuit board 551 is soldered to the circuit board 551 for mounting. As described above, the light emitting unit 552 is held in the light emitting unit pocket 5711 obliquely by the force pressed by the optical axis adjusting pin 5701, whereby the installation position and the angle are uniquely determined. Subsequently, the connection line of the light receiving portion 553 protruding from the through hole of the circuit board 551 is soldered to the circuit board 551 and mounted. The light receiving unit 553 is uniquely determined with respect to the circuit board 551 by being pressed against the circuit board 551 by the biasing force in the −Z direction as described above.
 以上にて、回路基板551に対して、上記の発光部552、受光部553、及びシールド554を実装する実装方法についての説明を終了する。そして、回路基板551、及び回路基板551に実装された発光部552及び受光部553を覆うように、回路基板551と検出空間534との間に介装される検出部本体504を設置し(被覆手段設置工程。図35等参照)、ケース502の間に各部品を収納することで、警報装置5100を製造できる。 This completes the description of the mounting method for mounting the light emitting unit 552, the light receiving unit 553, and the shield 554 on the circuit board 551. And the detection part main body 504 interposed between the circuit board 551 and the detection space 534 is installed so that the circuit board 551 and the light emission part 552 and the light-receiving part 553 mounted in the circuit board 551 may be covered (covering). The alarm device 5100 can be manufactured by housing each part between the case 502 and the means installation step (see FIG. 35, etc.).
(実施形態5の効果)
 このように本実施形態5によれば、検出部本体504が回路基板551、発光部552、及び受光部553に対して干渉しないので、検出部本体504に発光部552及び受光部553をセットしてから当該検出部本体504に回路基板551を被せて回路基板551のスルーホールに発光部552及び受光部553の接続線を同時に挿通するという作業を省略でき、発光部552及び受光部553の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、発光部552及び受光部553を取り付けるための機構を検出部本体504に設ける必要がなくなり、検出部本体504の機構を簡素化して警報装置5100の生産性を向上することが可能となる。
(Effect of Embodiment 5)
Thus, according to the fifth embodiment, since the detection unit main body 504 does not interfere with the circuit board 551, the light emitting unit 552, and the light receiving unit 553, the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are set in the detection unit main body 504. Then, the work of covering the detection unit main body 504 with the circuit board 551 and simultaneously inserting the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 into the through holes of the circuit board 551 can be omitted, and the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are mounted. The operation can be simplified, and it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 in the detection unit main body 504, and the mechanism of the detection unit main body 504 is simplified to increase the productivity of the alarm device 5100. It becomes possible to improve.
 また、検出手段は受光部553を備え、シールド554を受光部553と一体的に形成するので、受光部553及びシールド554の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、検出部本体504に受光部553及びシールド554を取り付けるための機構を検出部本体504に設ける必要がなくなり、検出部本体504の機構を簡素化して警報装置5100の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 Further, since the detection means includes the light receiving portion 553 and the shield 554 is formed integrally with the light receiving portion 553, the mounting work of the light receiving portion 553 and the shield 554 can be simplified, and the light receiving portion is attached to the detection portion main body 504. It is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching 553 and the shield 554 to the detection unit main body 504, and the mechanism of the detection unit main body 504 can be simplified to improve the productivity of the alarm device 5100.
 また、検出部本体504の外縁部に検出空間534への気体の流入を促進するためのフランジ部541を備えるので、検出空間534への気体の流入量を増大でき、検出精度を向上させることが可能となる。 Further, since the flange portion 541 for promoting the inflow of gas into the detection space 534 is provided at the outer edge of the detection unit main body 504, the amount of gas inflow into the detection space 534 can be increased, and the detection accuracy can be improved. It becomes possible.
 また、電源部からの応力が常時作用する電池保持バネ548を、外部から視認不可能な検出部本体504と一体形成したので、ケース502のように外部から視認可能な機構に設ける場合と比較して当該応力による変形が目立たなくなり、外観不良を防止できる。 In addition, since the battery holding spring 548 to which the stress from the power supply unit always acts is integrally formed with the detection unit main body 504 that cannot be visually recognized from the outside, it is compared with the case where it is provided in a mechanism that can be visually recognized from the outside such as the case 502. Therefore, the deformation due to the stress becomes inconspicuous and appearance defects can be prevented.
 また、回路基板551に接続されるスピーカを収納するスピーカ収納部545を検出部本体504と一体に形成するので、検出部本体504における回路基板551と同一面側に出力手段を配置でき、スピーカの回路基板551に対する接続を簡素化して警報装置5100の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 In addition, since the speaker housing portion 545 for housing the speaker connected to the circuit board 551 is formed integrally with the detection portion main body 504, output means can be arranged on the same surface side as the circuit board 551 in the detection portion main body 504. Connection to the circuit board 551 can be simplified and the productivity of the alarm device 5100 can be improved.
 また、回路基板551に光軸調整ピン5701を挿通可能な基板孔556を備えるので、光軸調整ピン5701を挿通して発光部552を抑え付けるという極めて容易な方法により発光部552の取り付け角度を容易に確定することができ、警報装置5100の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 Further, since the circuit board 551 is provided with the board hole 556 into which the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 can be inserted, the mounting angle of the light emitting part 552 can be adjusted by an extremely easy method of inserting the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 and suppressing the light emitting part 552. This can be easily determined, and the productivity of the alarm device 5100 can be improved.
 また、基板孔556を塞ぐ閉塞突起5226をケース502に備えるので、発光部552の光が基板孔556から回り込んで受光部553にて受光されてしまうことによる誤検出を防止することができ、検出精度を向上させることが可能となる。 In addition, since the case 502 includes the closing protrusion 5226 that closes the substrate hole 556, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection due to the light of the light emitting portion 552 going around the substrate hole 556 and being received by the light receiving portion 553. Detection accuracy can be improved.
 また、閉塞突起5226は発光部552を支持可能であるので、発光部552に何等かの理由で外力が加わった際に発光部552の角度が変わってしまって検出精度が低下してしまうことを防止することが可能となる。 In addition, since the closing protrusion 5226 can support the light emitting unit 552, when an external force is applied to the light emitting unit 552 for some reason, the angle of the light emitting unit 552 changes and the detection accuracy decreases. It becomes possible to prevent.
 また、検出部本体504が発光孔5436と受光孔5437とを備えるので、検出部本体504で回路基板551を被覆して回路基板551への塵埃の蓄積を抑止しつつ、発光孔5436及び受光孔5437により発光部552及び受光部553の光軸を阻害しない構成とすることができる。 In addition, since the detection unit main body 504 includes the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, the detection unit main body 504 covers the circuit board 551 and suppresses the accumulation of dust on the circuit board 551, and the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole. The optical axis of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 can be prevented from being obstructed by 5437.
 また、発光孔5436及び受光孔5437の周囲に、検出空間534と反対側に向けて凹んだ溝部5434を備えるので、当該溝部5434に塵埃を蓄積させることにより塵埃が検出部本体504の上に高く蓄積してしまうことを防止でき、検出部本体504における発光孔5436又は受光孔5437の周囲に蓄積した塵埃が発光軸上や受光軸上に位置してしまうことによって検出精度が低下してしまう事態を防止できる。 Further, since the groove portion 5434 that is recessed toward the opposite side of the detection space 534 is provided around the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437, dust is accumulated on the detection portion main body 504 by accumulating dust in the groove portion 5434. Accumulation can be prevented, and dust accumulated around the light emitting hole 5436 or the light receiving hole 5437 in the detection unit main body 504 is positioned on the light emitting axis or the light receiving axis, and the detection accuracy decreases. Can be prevented.
 また、発光孔5436又は受光孔5437の周囲に立ち上げられるように配置され、発光部552又は受光部553の周囲を覆う遮光枠部435を備えるので、発光部552からの光が、検出空間534を介さずに直接受光部553に受光されてしまうことに伴う誤検出を防止できると共に、検出部本体504に蓄積した塵埃が、検出部本体504から発光孔5436や受光孔5437を介して発光部552や受光部553に落ちて、発光部552や受光部553の表面に蓄積してしまうことによって、検出精度が低下してしまう事態を防止することが可能となる。 Further, the light-emitting portion 552 is arranged so as to rise around the light-emitting hole 5436 or the light-receiving hole 5437 and includes the light-shielding frame portion 435 that covers the periphery of the light-emitting portion 552 or the light-receiving portion 553, so In addition, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection due to light being directly received by the light receiving unit 553 without passing through the light source, and dust accumulated in the detection unit main body 504 is transmitted from the detection unit main body 504 through the light emitting hole 5436 and the light receiving hole 5437. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the detection accuracy is lowered by falling to 552 or the light receiving unit 553 and accumulating on the surface of the light emitting unit 552 or the light receiving unit 553.
 また、発光部552及び受光部553を回路基板551に対して取り付けて電気的に実装してから検出部本体504を設置するので、検出部本体504に発光部552及び受光部553をセットしてから当該検出部本体504に回路基板551を被せて回路基板551のスルーホールに発光部552及び受光部553の接続線を同時に挿通するという作業を省略でき、発光部552及び受光部553の実装作業を簡素化することができると共に、発光部552及び受光部553を取り付けるための機構を検出部本体504に設ける必要がなくなり、検出部本体504の機構を簡素化して警報装置5100の生産性を向上することが可能となる。 In addition, since the detection unit main body 504 is installed after the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are attached to the circuit board 551 and electrically mounted, the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 are set in the detection unit main body 504. From this, it is possible to omit the work of covering the detection unit main body 504 with the circuit board 551 and simultaneously inserting the connection lines of the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 into the through holes of the circuit board 551, and mounting the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553. It is not necessary to provide a mechanism for attaching the light emitting unit 552 and the light receiving unit 553 in the detection unit main body 504, and the mechanism of the detection unit main body 504 is simplified to improve the productivity of the alarm device 5100. It becomes possible to do.
(実施形態5に対する変形例)
 以上、本発明に係る実施形態5について説明したが、本発明の具体的な構成及び手段は、特許請求の範囲に記載した各発明の技術的思想の範囲内において、任意に改変及び改良することができる。以下、このような変形例について説明する。
(Modification to Embodiment 5)
Although the fifth embodiment according to the present invention has been described above, the specific configuration and means of the present invention can be arbitrarily modified and improved within the scope of the technical idea of each invention described in the claims. Can do. Hereinafter, such a modification will be described.
(解決しようとする課題や発明の効果について)
 まず、発明が解決しようとする課題や発明の効果は、上述の内容に限定されるものではなく、発明の実施環境や構成の詳細に応じて異なる可能性があり、上述した課題の一部のみを解決したり、上述した効果の一部のみを奏したりすることがある。
(About problems to be solved and effects of the invention)
First, the problems to be solved by the invention and the effects of the invention are not limited to the above contents, and may vary depending on the implementation environment and the details of the configuration of the invention. May be solved, or only some of the effects described above may be achieved.
(分散や統合について)
 また、上述した構成は機能概念的なものであり、必ずしも物理的に図示の如く構成されていることを要しない。すなわち、各部の分散や統合の具体的形態は図示のものに限られず、その全部または一部を、任意の単位で機能的または物理的に分散又は統合して構成できる。例えば、警報装置5100のケース502と取付ベース501とを一体的に構成して、この一体的に構成したものが、監視領域の設置面に直接取り付けられるようにしてもよい。
(About distribution and integration)
The above-described configuration is functionally conceptual and does not necessarily need to be physically configured as illustrated. In other words, the specific forms of distribution and integration of the respective units are not limited to those shown in the drawings, and all or a part thereof can be configured to be functionally or physically distributed or integrated in arbitrary units. For example, the case 502 and the attachment base 501 of the alarm device 5100 may be integrally configured, and the integrated configuration may be directly attached to the installation surface of the monitoring area.
(光軸調整ピンについて)
 本実施形態5では、光軸調整ピン5701を基板孔556に挿通して発光部552を固定し、固定した状態でハンダ付けを行ってから光軸調整ピン5701を取り外すものとして説明したが、これに限らず、光軸調整ピン5701を回路基板551に公知の方法で接着しても構わない。
(About the optical axis adjustment pin)
In the fifth embodiment, the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is inserted into the substrate hole 556 to fix the light emitting unit 552, and soldering is performed in the fixed state, and then the optical axis adjustment pin 5701 is removed. However, the optical axis adjusting pin 5701 may be bonded to the circuit board 551 by a known method.
(実装用治具について)
 本実施形態5では実装用治具5700は、土台5710に対して上蓋5720を回動可能に取り付けて、土台5710と上蓋5720とで回路基板551を挟み込む構造としたが、回路基板551を固定可能である限りこれに限らず、例えば上蓋5720を省略しても構わず、土台5710に対して回路基板551を固定可能な部材(例えばフック等)を設けても良いし、回路基板551を土台5710に対してネジやボルト等で固定しても良いし、回路基板551が土台5710に嵌め込まれて固定されても良い。
(About mounting jig)
In the fifth embodiment, the mounting jig 5700 has a structure in which the upper cover 5720 is rotatably attached to the base 5710 and the circuit board 551 is sandwiched between the base 5710 and the upper cover 5720, but the circuit board 551 can be fixed. However, the upper lid 5720 may be omitted, and a member (for example, a hook or the like) that can fix the circuit board 551 to the base 5710 may be provided, or the circuit board 551 may be mounted on the base 5710. The circuit board 551 may be fitted into the base 5710 and fixed with screws or bolts.
〔実施形態1〕
  1  警報器本体
  2  取付板
 10  筐体
 11  前面
 12  煙流入口
 13  操作ボタン
 14  音響孔
 15  取付板固定部
 16  電池収納部
 17  電池
 20  警報器固定面部
 21  上突出部
 22  ネジ孔部
 22a 挿通部
 22b スライド部
 23  立上がり部
 24  係止片部
 30  ネジ
 31  頭部
〔実施形態2-1~2-3〕
 201  警報器本体
 210  筐体
 211  前面部
 212  後面部
 214  操作ボタン
 215  音響孔
 216  基板部
 217  スピーカー
 217c スピーカー本体
 217d 耳部
 217e 係止凹部
 218  電池収納部
 219  電池
 220  スピーカー固定部
 221  立上がり部
 222  基面部
 223  固定係止片部
 224  移動係止片部
 225  弾性片
 226  貫通部
 230  基板部
 231  スピーカー固定部
 232  立上がり部
 233  基面部
 234  固定係止片部
 235  移動係止片部
 236  弾性片
 237  スリット部
 240  基板部
 241  スピーカー固定部
 242  立上がり部
 243  基面部
 244  固定係止片部
 245  移動係止片部
 246  島状部
 247  ブリッジ部
 248  隙間部
〔実施形態3〕
 301  警報器本体
 302  取付板
 310  筐体
 310a 開口部
 310b 軸受け部
 310c 係止受け部
 310d 段部
 311  前面
 312  煙流入口
 313  操作ボタン
 314  音響孔
 320  操作部
 321  外方延出部
 322  回転軸部
 323  弾性片
 324  係止部
 325  後方延出部
 326  スリット部
 328  縁部
〔実施形態4〕
 401  警報器本体
 402  取付板
 410  筐体
 411  前面
 412  煙流入口
 413  操作ボタン
 414  音響孔
 416  電池収納部
 417  電池
 418  スピーカー
 430  検煙部
 431  検煙領域
 432  基板部
 433  検煙部カバー
 434  網部材
 435  発光部
 436  センサー部
 436a 検知位置
 437  設置基部
 440  基部
 441  遮光壁部
 441c 弧状面部
 441d 凹凸面部
〔実施形態5〕
 501 取付ベース
 502 ケース
 503 検出部カバー
 504 検出部本体
 505 回路部
 511 取付フック
 512 本体部
 512A ケース側対向面
 512B 設置面側対向面
 521 裏ケース
 522 表ケース
 523 外部流入開口
 531 天井板
 532 ラビリンス
 532d ラビリンス
 532e ラビリンス
 533 防虫網
 534 検出空間
 535 内部流入開口
 535a 内部流入開口
 535b 内部流入開口
 535c 内部流入開口
 535d 内部流入開口
 535e 内部流入開口
 541 フランジ部
 542 傾斜部
 543 隆起部
 544 検出部本体切り欠き部
 545 スピーカ収納部
 546 素子カバー
 547 挿通孔
 548 電池保持バネ
 549 付勢空間
 551 回路基板
 552 発光部
 553 受光部
 554 シールド
 555 スイッチ
 556 基板孔
 557 位置決め用孔
 565 リブ
 5100 警報装置
 5111 ねじ孔
 5121 ねじ孔
 5122 係合部
 5211 裏ケース側対向壁
 5211a 誘導凹部
 5211b 対向面
 5212 裏ケース側外周壁
 5212a 裏ケース側端部
 5213a スリット
 5213b スリット
 5214 係合部
 5221 表ケース側露出壁
 5222 表ケース側外周壁
 5222a 表ケース側端部
 5223 押しボタン
 5224 ねじボス
 5225 支持部
 5226 閉塞突起
 5400a 検出部本体側端部
 5411 位置決め凹部
 5431 配置凹部
 5432 発光窪み部
 5433 受光窪み部
 5434 溝部
 5435 外縁壁
 5436 発光孔
 5437 受光孔
 5438 遮光枠部
 55611 構成品ケース
 55612 構成品ケース
 55613 構成品ケース
 55613a 固定ねじ
 55613b 挿通孔
 55614 構成品ケース
 55614a 固定ねじ
 55614b 挿通孔
 55615 構成品ケース
 55616 構成品ケース
 55616a 外側収容壁
 55616b 内側収容壁
 5617 構成品ケース切欠き
 5618 ストッパー部
 55621 短フィン
 55622 短フィン
 55623 短フィン
 55631 長フィン
 55632 長フィン
 55641 防止片
 55642 防止片
 55651 リブ
 55652 リブ
 55653 リブ
 55654 リブ
 55655 リブ
 55656 リブ
 55657 リブ
 55658 リブ
 55659 リブ
 5700 実装用治具
 5701 光軸調整ピン
 5710 土台
 5711 発光部ポケット
 5712 受光部ポケット
 5713 スライド部材
 5714 バネ
 5715 位置決め用突起
 5716 付勢穴
 5720 上蓋
 5721 露出孔
 5900 設置面
 Ar1 領域
 Ar2 領域
 Ar3 領域
 CN1 電源コネクタ
 F1 矢印
 F2 矢印
 F3 矢印
 F4 矢印
 F5 矢印
 F21 矢印
 F22 矢印
 P1 外部よどみ点
 P2 内部よどみ点
 
Embodiment 1
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Alarm body 2 Mounting plate 10 Case 11 Front surface 12 Smoke inlet 13 Operation button 14 Sound hole 15 Mounting plate fixing | fixed part 16 Battery storage part 17 Battery 20 Alarm fixing surface part 21 Upper protrusion part 22 Screw hole part 22a Insertion part 22b Slide portion 23 Rising portion 24 Locking piece portion 30 Screw 31 Head portion [Embodiments 2-1 to 2-3]
201 alarm device main body 210 housing 211 front surface portion 212 rear surface portion 214 operation button 215 sound hole 216 substrate portion 217 speaker 217c speaker main body 217d ear portion 217e locking recess 218 battery storage portion 219 battery 220 speaker fixing portion 221 rising portion 222 base surface portion 223 Fixed locking piece portion 224 Moving locking piece portion 225 Elastic piece 226 Through portion 230 Substrate portion 231 Speaker fixing portion 232 Rising portion 233 Base surface portion 234 Fixed locking piece portion 235 Moving locking piece portion 236 Elastic piece 237 Slit portion 240 Substrate portion 241 Speaker fixing portion 242 Rising portion 243 Base surface portion 244 Fixed locking piece portion 245 Moving locking piece portion 246 Island portion 247 Bridge portion 248 Gap portion [Embodiment 3]
Reference Signs List 301 Alarm Body 302 Mounting Plate 310 Housing 310a Opening 310b Bearing 310c Locking Receiver 310d Step 311 Front 312 Smoke Inlet 313 Operation Button 314 Sound Hole 320 Operation Unit 321 Outward Extension 322 Rotating Shaft 323 Elastic piece 324 Locking part 325 Back extension part 326 Slit part 328 Edge part (Embodiment 4)
401 Alarm Body 402 Mounting Plate 410 Case 411 Front 412 Smoke Inlet 413 Operation Button 414 Sound Hole 416 Battery Storage Unit 417 Battery 418 Speaker 430 Smoke Detection Unit 431 Smoke Detection Area 432 Substrate Unit 433 Smoke Detection Unit Cover 434 Net Member 435 Light-emitting part 436 Sensor part 436a Detection position 437 Installation base part 440 Base part 441 Light-shielding wall part 441c Arc-shaped surface part 441d Uneven surface part [Embodiment 5]
501 Mounting base 502 Case 503 Detection unit cover 504 Detection unit main body 505 Circuit unit 511 Mounting hook 512 Main unit 512A Case side facing surface 512B Installation surface side facing surface 521 Back case 522 Front case 523 External inflow opening 531 Ceiling plate 532 Labyrinth 532d Labyrinth 532d 532e Labyrinth 533 Insect net 534 Detection space 535 Internal inflow opening 535a Internal inflow opening 535b Internal inflow opening 535c Internal inflow opening 535d Internal inflow opening 535e Internal inflow opening 541 Flange 542 Inclined part 543 Raised part 544 Detection part main body notch 545 Speaker Storage part 546 Element cover 547 Insertion hole 548 Battery holding spring 549 Energizing space 551 Circuit board 552 Light emitting part 553 Light receiving part 554 Shield 555 Switch 55 6 Substrate hole 557 Positioning hole 565 Rib 5100 Alarm device 5111 Screw hole 5121 Screw hole 5122 Engaging portion 5211 Back case side facing wall 5211a Guide recess 5211b Opposing surface 5212 Back case side outer peripheral wall 5212a Back case side end 5213a Slit 5213b Slit 5214 Engagement part 5221 Front case side exposed wall 5222 Front case side outer peripheral wall 5222a Front case side end part 5223 Push button 5224 Screw boss 5225 Support part 5226 Closure protrusion 5400a Detection part main body side end part 5411 Positioning concave part 5431 Arrangement concave part 5432 Light emitting depression Portion 5433 Light receiving recess 5434 Groove 5435 Outer edge wall 5436 Light emitting hole 5437 Light receiving hole 5438 Light-shielding frame 55556 Component case 55612 Component case 55613 Component case 55613a Fixing screw 55613b Insertion hole 55614 Component case 55614a Fixing screw 55614b Insertion hole 55615 Component case 55616 Component case 55616a Outer receiving wall 55616b Inner receiving wall 5617 Component case notch 5561 Short stopper fin 55562 55631 Long fin 55632 Long fin 55641 Prevention piece 55642 Prevention piece 55651 Rib 55652 Rib 55653 Rib 55654 Rib 55655 Rib 55656 Rib 55657 Rib 55658 Rib 55659 Rib 5700 Mounting jig part 5701 Optical axis adjustment pin 5711 5713 Slide member 5714 Spring 5715 Positioning Use protrusion 5716 Tsukezeiana 5720 lid 5721 exposure hole 5900 installation surface Ar1 area Ar2 region Ar3 region CN1 power connector F1 arrow F2 arrow F3 arrow F4 arrow F5 arrow F21 arrow F22 arrow P1 external stagnation point P2 internal stagnation

Claims (36)

  1.  取付板により機器本体を設置面に対して取付ける機器取付構造において、
     前記取付板は、前記設置面に対し固定するためのネジを挿通させるネジ孔部を有し、該ネジ孔部の周囲には、前記ネジの頭部以上の高さを有する立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする機器取付構造。
    In the equipment mounting structure where the equipment body is attached to the installation surface with the mounting plate,
    The mounting plate has a screw hole portion through which a screw for fixing to the installation surface is inserted, and a rising portion having a height higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion. Equipment mounting structure characterized by that.
  2.  前記取付板は、前記機器本体を固定する機器固定面部を有し、該機器固定面部には、前記機器本体を係止させる係止片部と前記ネジ孔部とが形成されていると共に、前記機器固定面部から立ち上がるように前記立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする請求項1記載の機器取付構造。 The mounting plate has a device fixing surface portion for fixing the device body, and the device fixing surface portion is formed with a locking piece portion for locking the device body and the screw hole portion, and 2. The device mounting structure according to claim 1, wherein the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
  3.  前記機器本体は電池を収納する電池収納部を有し、該電池収納部は前記取付板に向かって開口し、前記ネジ孔部は前記電池収納部と対向する位置に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項1または2記載の機器取付構造。 The device main body has a battery housing portion for housing a battery, the battery housing portion opens toward the mounting plate, and the screw hole portion is formed at a position facing the battery housing portion. The equipment mounting structure according to claim 1 or 2.
  4.  前記機器本体は火災の発生を検出して警報を発する火災警報器であることを特徴とする請求項1~3のいずれか一項記載の機器取付構造。 The device mounting structure according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the device main body is a fire alarm that detects an occurrence of a fire and issues an alarm.
  5.  機器本体を設置面に対して取付けるための取付板において、
     前記取付板は、前記設置面に対し固定するためのネジを挿通させるネジ孔部を有し、該ネジ孔部の周囲には、前記ネジの頭部以上の高さを有する立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする取付板。
    In the mounting plate for mounting the device body to the installation surface,
    The mounting plate has a screw hole portion through which a screw for fixing to the installation surface is inserted, and a rising portion having a height higher than the head portion of the screw is formed around the screw hole portion. A mounting plate characterized by having
  6.  前記取付板は、前記機器本体を固定する機器固定面部を有し、該機器固定面部には、前記機器本体を係止させる係止片部と前記ネジ孔部とが形成されていると共に、前記機器固定面部から立ち上がるように前記立上がり部が形成されていることを特徴とする請求項5記載の取付板。 The mounting plate has a device fixing surface portion for fixing the device body, and the device fixing surface portion is formed with a locking piece portion for locking the device body and the screw hole portion, and The mounting plate according to claim 5, wherein the rising portion is formed so as to rise from the device fixing surface portion.
  7.  正面から音声を発するスピーカーを筐体内に有する警報器において、
     前記筐体は、前記スピーカーを配置固定するスピーカー固定部を有する基板部を内部に有し、前記筐体の前面部には、前記スピーカーの正面と対向する位置に音響孔が形成され、
     前記スピーカー固定部は、前記スピーカーの背面と対向する基面部と、前記スピーカーの周囲部に係止される係止部とを有し、
     前記基面部は1つまたは複数の貫通部を有することを特徴とする警報器。
    In an alarm device having a speaker that emits sound from the front in the housing,
    The housing includes a substrate portion having a speaker fixing portion for arranging and fixing the speaker, and an acoustic hole is formed on the front surface of the housing at a position facing the front surface of the speaker.
    The speaker fixing portion includes a base surface portion that faces the back surface of the speaker, and a locking portion that is locked to a peripheral portion of the speaker.
    The base surface portion has one or a plurality of penetrating portions.
  8.  前記基板部は、前記筐体の中空内部に納められ、前記基板部と前記筐体の後面部との間には空間部が形成されると共に、該空間部は少なくとも前記筐体の後面部側が閉塞されていることを特徴とする請求項7記載の警報器。 The substrate portion is housed in a hollow interior of the housing, and a space portion is formed between the substrate portion and the rear surface portion of the housing, and the space portion is at least on the rear surface portion side of the housing. The alarm device according to claim 7, wherein the alarm device is closed.
  9.  前記係止部は、略円形状に形成される前記スピーカーの周方向に沿って複数設けられる係止片部からなることを特徴とする請求項7または8記載の警報器。 The alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion includes a plurality of locking piece portions provided along a circumferential direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape.
  10.  前記係止部は、略円形状に形成される前記スピーカーの直径方向に対向する1対の係止片部からなることを特徴とする請求項7または8記載の警報器。 The alarm device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the locking portion includes a pair of locking pieces facing each other in a diameter direction of the speaker formed in a substantially circular shape.
  11.  前記係止片部は、前記基板部に固定された固定係止片部と、前記基板部に対し弾性的に移動可能な移動係止片部とからなることを特徴とする請求項9または10記載の警報器。 The said latching piece part consists of the fixed latching piece part fixed to the said board | substrate part, and the movement latching piece part which can move elastically with respect to the said board | substrate part. The alarm device described.
  12.  前記移動係止片部は、前記基面部に片持ち状に支持された弾性片に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項11記載の警報器。 12. The alarm device according to claim 11, wherein the movable locking piece portion is formed as an elastic piece supported in a cantilevered manner on the base surface portion.
  13.  前記貫通部は、前記基面部に形成される複数の小孔からなることを特徴とする請求項7~12のいずれか一項記載の警報器。 The alarm device according to any one of claims 7 to 12, wherein the penetrating portion includes a plurality of small holes formed in the base surface portion.
  14.  前記移動係止片部は、前記基面部の一端部から少なくとも前記基面部の中央を越える位置まで達する2つのスリット部により弾性変形可能とされた弾性片に形成され、前記スリット部が前記貫通部となっていることを特徴とする請求項11記載の警報器。 The movable locking piece is formed into an elastic piece that can be elastically deformed by two slit portions that reach at least a position beyond the center of the base surface portion from one end portion of the base surface portion, and the slit portion is the through portion. The alarm device according to claim 11, wherein:
  15.  前記移動係止片部は、前記基板部との間を細径のブリッジ部で接続された島状部に形成されており、該島状部と前記基面部との間の隙間が前記貫通部となっていることを特徴とする請求項11記載の警報器。 The movable locking piece portion is formed in an island-like portion connected to the substrate portion by a thin bridge portion, and a gap between the island-like portion and the base surface portion is formed in the penetrating portion. The alarm device according to claim 11, wherein:
  16.  筐体と、該筐体に設けられ押圧動作及び復帰動作可能な操作ボタンとを有する警報器において、
     前記操作ボタンは、外周部に回転軸部を有し、前記筐体は、前記操作ボタンを納める開口部を有すると共に、該開口部の縁部に前記回転軸部を保持する軸受け部を有し、
     前記操作ボタンは、前記筐体に対し前記操作ボタンの復帰動作方向に付勢された状態で係止される係止部を有することを特徴とする警報器。
    In an alarm device having a case and an operation button provided in the case and capable of pressing and returning,
    The operation button has a rotation shaft portion on an outer peripheral portion, and the housing has an opening portion for housing the operation button, and a bearing portion for holding the rotation shaft portion at an edge portion of the opening portion. ,
    The alarm is characterized in that the operation button has a locking portion that is locked in a state in which the operation button is urged in a return operation direction of the operation button with respect to the housing.
  17.  前記操作ボタンは、一端部近傍に前記回転軸部が設けられ、該回転軸部が設けられる一端部から他端部に向かって長い形状を有することを特徴とする請求項16記載の警報器。 The alarm device according to claim 16, wherein the operation button is provided with the rotation shaft portion in the vicinity of one end portion, and has a long shape from one end portion where the rotation shaft portion is provided toward the other end portion.
  18.  前記操作ボタンは、前記開口部から露出する操作部と、該操作部の一端部より外方に延出される外方延出部とを有し、該外方延出部に前記回転軸部が設けられることを特徴とする請求項16または17記載の警報器。 The operation button has an operation part exposed from the opening part, and an outward extension part extending outward from one end of the operation part, and the rotating shaft part is provided in the outward extension part. The alarm device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the alarm device is provided.
  19.  前記操作ボタンは、前記操作部の一端部より前記外方延出部と同じ方向に延出されて前記外方延出部と並設される弾性片を有し、該弾性片の先端部に前記係止部が形成されることを特徴とする請求項18記載の警報器。 The operation button has an elastic piece that extends in the same direction as the outward extending portion from one end of the operating portion and is juxtaposed with the outward extending portion. The alarm according to claim 18, wherein the locking portion is formed.
  20.  前記操作ボタンは、後方に向かって延出される後方延出部を有し、該後方延出部は引き紐を挿通させるスリット部を有し、該スリット部は、幅が大きくなる方向に変形可能であることを特徴とする請求項16~19のいずれか一項記載の警報器。 The operation button has a rear extension portion extending rearward, and the rear extension portion has a slit portion through which the pull string is inserted, and the slit portion can be deformed in a direction in which the width increases. The alarm device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, characterized in that:
  21.  筐体内に検煙部を有する火災警報器において、
     前記検煙部には、センサー部が配置される検煙領域を囲むように検煙部カバーが設けられ、該検煙部カバーは周方向に沿って複数の遮光壁部を有し、
     前記遮光壁部は単板形状を有し、隣接する前記遮光壁部間には前記検煙領域の内外を連通させる隙間が形成されると共に、前記センサー部の検知位置を中心とする放射線上には、前記遮光壁部のいずれかが位置するように、前記遮光壁部同士が径方向において重なり合うように配置されることを特徴とする火災警報器。
    For fire alarms with smoke detectors inside the housing,
    The smoke detector unit is provided with a smoke detector cover so as to surround a smoke detector region where the sensor unit is arranged, and the smoke detector cover has a plurality of light shielding walls along the circumferential direction,
    The light shielding wall portion has a single plate shape, and a gap is formed between the adjacent light shielding wall portions to communicate the inside and outside of the smoke detection region, and on the radiation centered on the detection position of the sensor portion. Are arranged so that the light shielding wall portions overlap each other in the radial direction so that any one of the light shielding wall portions is located.
  22.  前記遮光壁部は、前記検煙部カバーの基部から、前記検煙領域の周方向に沿い径方向に向かって傾斜するように配置立設されることを特徴とする請求項21記載の火災警報器。 The fire alarm according to claim 21, wherein the light shielding wall portion is disposed and erected so as to be inclined in a radial direction along a circumferential direction of the smoke detection region from a base portion of the smoke detection portion cover. vessel.
  23.  前記遮光壁部は、前記検煙領域の外周面を形成する弧状面部を有することを特徴とする請求項21または22記載の火災警報器。 The fire alarm device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the light shielding wall portion has an arcuate surface portion that forms an outer peripheral surface of the smoke detection region.
  24.  前記検煙領域には発光部が配置され、前記遮光壁部のうち、少なくとも前記発光部からの光を受ける面には、凹凸形状が形成されていることを特徴とする請求項21~23のいずれか一項記載の火災警報器。 The light emitting portion is disposed in the smoke detection region, and at least a surface of the light shielding wall portion that receives light from the light emitting portion has an uneven shape. The fire alarm according to any one of the above.
  25.  素子を実装可能な基板と、
     前記基板に対して電気的に実装された検出手段であって、検出空間に流入した気体に被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する検出手段と、
     前記検出手段に対して干渉することなく前記基板及び前記検出手段を覆うように配置された被覆手段であって、前記基板と前記検出空間との間に介装された被覆手段と、を備える、
     警報装置。
    A substrate on which the element can be mounted;
    Detection means electrically mounted on the substrate, the detection means for detecting whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space;
    Covering means arranged so as to cover the substrate and the detection means without interfering with the detection means, the covering means interposed between the substrate and the detection space,
    Alarm device.
  26.  前記検出手段は、受光した光の光量に基づいて被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する受光手段を備え、
     当該警報装置は、前記受光手段へのノイズを防止するノイズ防止手段であって、前記受光手段が所定方向を向くように前記受光手段に固定されて形成されることにより、前記受光手段の光軸を確定するノイズ防止手段を備える、
     請求項25に記載の警報装置。
    The detecting means includes a light receiving means for detecting whether or not a substance to be detected is included based on the amount of received light.
    The alarm device is a noise preventing means for preventing noise to the light receiving means, and is formed by being fixed to the light receiving means so that the light receiving means faces a predetermined direction, whereby the optical axis of the light receiving means Including noise prevention means for determining
    The alarm device according to claim 25.
  27.  前記検出空間への前記気体の流入を促進するためのフランジであって、前記被覆手段の外縁部に一体形成されたフランジを備える、
     請求項25又は26に記載の警報装置。
    A flange for accelerating the inflow of the gas into the detection space, the flange being formed integrally with an outer edge of the covering means;
    The alarm device according to claim 25 or 26.
  28.  当該警報装置に電源を供給する電源部を付勢して保持するための電源付勢手段であって、前記被覆手段と一体形成された電源付勢手段を備える、
     請求項25から27のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置。
    A power supply biasing means for biasing and holding a power supply unit for supplying power to the alarm device, comprising a power supply biasing means formed integrally with the covering means;
    The alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 27.
  29.  警報出力を行う出力手段を収納する収納手段であって、前記被覆手段と一体形成された収納手段を備える、
     請求項25から28のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置。
    Storage means for storing output means for performing alarm output, comprising storage means formed integrally with the covering means,
    The alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 28.
  30.  前記検出手段は、前記検出空間に対して発光する発光手段であって、前記基板に対する取り付け位置から所定方向に折り曲げられた状態で配置される発光手段を備え、
     前記基板は、前記発光手段における折り曲げられた部分と対応する位置に設けられた基板孔であって、前記発光手段の基板に対する取り付け角度を確定するための角度確定器具を挿通可能な基板孔を備える、
     請求項25から29のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置。
    The detection means is a light emission means that emits light to the detection space, and includes a light emission means that is arranged in a state bent from a mounting position with respect to the substrate in a predetermined direction,
    The substrate includes a substrate hole provided at a position corresponding to a bent portion of the light emitting unit, and a substrate hole into which an angle determining device for determining an attachment angle of the light emitting unit with respect to the substrate can be inserted. ,
    The alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 29.
  31.  前記検出手段及び前記被覆手段を内部に収容する収容手段であって、前記検出手段及び前記被覆手段を収容した状態で前記基板孔を塞ぐ閉塞手段を有する収容手段を備える、
     請求項30に記載の警報装置。
    A housing means for accommodating the detecting means and the covering means inside, the housing means having a closing means for closing the substrate hole in a state in which the detecting means and the covering means are housed;
    The alarm device according to claim 30.
  32.  前記閉塞手段は、前記検出手段を支持可能な支持手段である、
     請求項31に記載の警報装置。
    The closing means is a support means capable of supporting the detection means.
    The alarm device according to claim 31.
  33.  前記検出手段は、前記検出空間に対して発光する発光側検出手段と、受光した光の光量に基づいて前記検出空間に流入した気体に前記被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する受光側検出手段と、を備え、
     前記被覆手段は、前記発光側検出手段から、当該被覆手段を通過して前記検出空間へと光を導入するための発光孔と、前記検出空間から、当該被覆手段を通過して前記受光側検出手段へと反射光を導入するための受光孔と、を有する、
     請求項25から32のいずれか一項に記載の警報装置。
    The detection means is a light emission side detection means that emits light to the detection space, and a light reception that detects whether or not the substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space based on the amount of light received. Side detection means,
    The covering means includes a light emitting hole for introducing light from the light emitting side detecting means to the detection space through the covering means, and the light receiving side detection passing through the covering means from the detection space. A light receiving hole for introducing reflected light into the means,
    The alarm device according to any one of claims 25 to 32.
  34.  前記被覆手段のうち前記検出空間と対向する面における前記発光孔又は前記受光孔の周囲に形成された溝部であって、前記検出空間と反対側に向けて凹んだ溝部を備える、
     請求項33に記載の警報装置。
    A groove formed around the light emitting hole or the light receiving hole on the surface of the covering means facing the detection space, the groove having a groove recessed toward the opposite side of the detection space;
    The alarm device according to claim 33.
  35.  前記被覆手段のうち前記基板と対向する面における前記発光孔又は前記受光孔の周囲に形成された遮光手段であって、前記基板に向けて立ち上げられるように配置され、前記発光側検出手段又は前記受光側検出手段の周囲を覆う遮光手段を備える、
     請求項33又は34に記載の警報装置。
    A light-shielding means formed around the light-emitting hole or the light-receiving hole on the surface of the covering means facing the substrate, arranged to be raised toward the substrate, and the light-emitting side detecting means or A light shielding means for covering the periphery of the light receiving side detection means,
    The alarm device according to claim 33 or 34.
  36.  検出空間に流入した気体に被検出物質が含まれているか否かを検出する検出手段を、素子を実装可能な基板に対して所定角度で取り付ける取付工程と、
     前記取付工程において前記基板に取り付けた前記検出手段を、前記所定角度を維持した状態で前記基板に対して電気的に実装する実装工程と、
     前記基板及び前記実装工程にて前記基板に実装された前記検出手段を覆うように、前記基板と前記検出空間との間に介装される被覆手段を設置する被覆手段設置工程と、を含む、
     警報装置の製造方法。
     
    An attachment step of attaching a detection means for detecting whether or not a substance to be detected is contained in the gas flowing into the detection space to a substrate on which the element can be mounted, at a predetermined angle;
    A mounting step of electrically mounting the detection means attached to the substrate in the attachment step with respect to the substrate while maintaining the predetermined angle;
    A covering means installation step of installing a covering means interposed between the substrate and the detection space so as to cover the substrate and the detection means mounted on the substrate in the mounting step,
    Manufacturing method of alarm device.
PCT/JP2016/081643 2015-10-28 2016-10-25 Equipment-mounting structure, mounting plate for same, alarm unit, fire alarm unit, alarm device, and method for manufacturing same WO2017073582A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017547809A JPWO2017073582A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2016-10-25 Equipment mounting structure and its mounting plate, alarm device, fire alarm device, alarm device and manufacturing method thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-211508 2015-10-28
JP2015211508 2015-10-28
JP2015-215527 2015-11-02
JP2015215527 2015-11-02
JP2015224619 2015-11-17
JP2015-224619 2015-11-17
JP2015234562 2015-12-01
JP2015-234562 2015-12-01
JP2016-086052 2016-04-22
JP2016086052 2016-04-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017073582A1 true WO2017073582A1 (en) 2017-05-04

Family

ID=58630526

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/081643 WO2017073582A1 (en) 2015-10-28 2016-10-25 Equipment-mounting structure, mounting plate for same, alarm unit, fire alarm unit, alarm device, and method for manufacturing same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (7) JPWO2017073582A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI746472B (en)
WO (1) WO2017073582A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107274637A (en) * 2017-07-14 2017-10-20 河南驰诚电气股份有限公司 Rotatable engagement device and siren
JP2019066103A (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-25 福島工業株式会社 Ice-maker
WO2020021764A1 (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 ホーチキ株式会社 Fire detection device
JP7286386B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2023-06-05 ニッタン株式会社 flame detector
WO2023134096A1 (en) * 2022-01-11 2023-07-20 北京石头世纪科技股份有限公司 Automatic cleaning apparatus and system
JP7466114B2 (en) 2022-02-25 2024-04-12 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Alarm

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102510138B1 (en) * 2021-05-26 2023-03-15 곽정국 Portable Pager
KR102565619B1 (en) * 2021-11-16 2023-08-14 주식회사 투에스텍 Fire dedecting module
KR102395596B1 (en) * 2022-02-12 2022-05-06 이가희 Fire sensing device

Citations (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5389787A (en) * 1977-01-19 1978-08-07 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Light scattering type smoke detector
JPS55141895U (en) * 1979-03-29 1980-10-09
JPS6010393U (en) * 1983-07-01 1985-01-24 ホーチキ株式会社 Structure of smoke detection part of scattered light smoke detector
JPH0380624U (en) * 1989-12-04 1991-08-19
JP3069125U (en) * 1999-11-22 2000-06-06 アイリスオーヤマ株式会社 Child support sheet
JP2006150871A (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-15 Seiko Epson Corp Button switch member and button switch
JP2006267128A (en) * 2006-06-26 2006-10-05 Hochiki Corp Smoke detector
JP2010040008A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Smoke sensor
JP2010041671A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Uetax Corp Speaker
US20100073172A1 (en) * 2008-09-25 2010-03-25 L.I.F.E. Support Technologies, Llc Dual condition fire/smoke detector with adjustable led cannon
JP2010113663A (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-20 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Alarm unit
JP2010134673A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-17 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Alarm unit
JP2012133819A (en) * 2012-04-06 2012-07-12 Nittan Co Ltd Fire alarm
JP2012256250A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-12-27 Panasonic Corp Smoke sensor
JP2013003654A (en) * 2011-06-13 2013-01-07 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Photoelectric smoke sensor

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0581693A (en) * 1991-09-25 1993-04-02 Fuji Electric Co Ltd Optical head
JPH05174266A (en) * 1991-12-24 1993-07-13 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Hinge connection structure for body and cover of electric apparatus
JPH09161187A (en) * 1995-12-07 1997-06-20 Hochiki Corp Acoustic device on disaster prevention monitoring and controlling panel
JP3338612B2 (en) * 1996-02-28 2002-10-28 松下電工株式会社 Photoelectric smoke detector
US6778091B2 (en) * 2001-01-09 2004-08-17 Qualey, Iii James R. Smoke chamber
JP3998174B2 (en) * 2001-08-30 2007-10-24 ナイルス株式会社 switch
JP2002304678A (en) 2002-03-29 2002-10-18 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Fire sensor
JP3938750B2 (en) * 2003-01-27 2007-06-27 ホーチキ株式会社 smoke detector
CN2602372Y (en) * 2003-02-20 2004-02-04 卓盈科技有限公司 Fume detector
JP2005352932A (en) * 2004-06-14 2005-12-22 Hochiki Corp Smoke sensor
JP4866348B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2012-02-01 日本フェンオール株式会社 Photoelectric smoke detector
JP4432960B2 (en) * 2006-11-29 2010-03-17 パナソニック電工株式会社 Fire detector
JP5089209B2 (en) * 2007-03-20 2012-12-05 能美防災株式会社 Fire alarm
JP5089332B2 (en) * 2007-10-23 2012-12-05 能美防災株式会社 Fire alarm
JP2009237697A (en) * 2008-03-26 2009-10-15 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Photoelectric smoke sensor
JP2010086378A (en) 2008-10-01 2010-04-15 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Photoelectric smoke detector
JP5230489B2 (en) * 2009-03-06 2013-07-10 能美防災株式会社 Fire alarm
JP2010224965A (en) * 2009-03-24 2010-10-07 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Wiring instrument
US8232884B2 (en) * 2009-04-24 2012-07-31 Gentex Corporation Carbon monoxide and smoke detectors having distinct alarm indications and a test button that indicates improper operation
US9007222B2 (en) * 2012-09-21 2015-04-14 Google Inc. Detector unit and sensing chamber therefor
KR101482180B1 (en) * 2013-06-28 2015-01-13 지멘스 주식회사 Photoelectric smoke detector
GB2517975A (en) * 2013-09-09 2015-03-11 Cavius Aps Activating button

Patent Citations (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5389787A (en) * 1977-01-19 1978-08-07 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Light scattering type smoke detector
JPS55141895U (en) * 1979-03-29 1980-10-09
JPS6010393U (en) * 1983-07-01 1985-01-24 ホーチキ株式会社 Structure of smoke detection part of scattered light smoke detector
JPH0380624U (en) * 1989-12-04 1991-08-19
JP3069125U (en) * 1999-11-22 2000-06-06 アイリスオーヤマ株式会社 Child support sheet
JP2006150871A (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-06-15 Seiko Epson Corp Button switch member and button switch
JP2006267128A (en) * 2006-06-26 2006-10-05 Hochiki Corp Smoke detector
JP2010040008A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Smoke sensor
JP2010041671A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Uetax Corp Speaker
US20100073172A1 (en) * 2008-09-25 2010-03-25 L.I.F.E. Support Technologies, Llc Dual condition fire/smoke detector with adjustable led cannon
JP2010113663A (en) * 2008-11-10 2010-05-20 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Alarm unit
JP2010134673A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-17 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Alarm unit
JP2012256250A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-12-27 Panasonic Corp Smoke sensor
JP2013003654A (en) * 2011-06-13 2013-01-07 Nohmi Bosai Ltd Photoelectric smoke sensor
JP2012133819A (en) * 2012-04-06 2012-07-12 Nittan Co Ltd Fire alarm

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107274637A (en) * 2017-07-14 2017-10-20 河南驰诚电气股份有限公司 Rotatable engagement device and siren
JP2019066103A (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-25 福島工業株式会社 Ice-maker
WO2020021764A1 (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-01-30 ホーチキ株式会社 Fire detection device
CN112119295A (en) * 2018-07-24 2020-12-22 报知希株式会社 Fire detection device
US11761890B2 (en) 2018-07-24 2023-09-19 Hochiki Corporation Fire detection device
JP7286386B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2023-06-05 ニッタン株式会社 flame detector
WO2023134096A1 (en) * 2022-01-11 2023-07-20 北京石头世纪科技股份有限公司 Automatic cleaning apparatus and system
JP7466114B2 (en) 2022-02-25 2024-04-12 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Alarm

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6907367B2 (en) 2021-07-21
JP6899016B2 (en) 2021-07-07
JP2020091925A (en) 2020-06-11
JP2020098652A (en) 2020-06-25
JP6868725B2 (en) 2021-05-12
JP2020091926A (en) 2020-06-11
TWI746472B (en) 2021-11-21
JP7416879B2 (en) 2024-01-17
JP2021152902A (en) 2021-09-30
JPWO2017073582A1 (en) 2018-08-30
JP7134290B2 (en) 2022-09-09
JP2022169752A (en) 2022-11-09
JP2020091927A (en) 2020-06-11
JP6868726B2 (en) 2021-05-12
TW201719027A (en) 2017-06-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7134290B2 (en) fire alarm
JP5484219B2 (en) Combined thermal smoke sensor
TWI740854B (en) Alarm device
JP2005530257A (en) Fire alarm
TW201027466A (en) Photoelectric smoke detector
TW201819891A (en) Smoke chamber and smoke detector using the same
JP2008242627A (en) Photoelectric smoke detector
CN110770804B (en) Alarm device
JP2005352932A (en) Smoke sensor
JP5858269B2 (en) Alarm
TWI788369B (en) Alarm device
JP5726627B2 (en) Fire detector and assembly method
JP5210757B2 (en) smoke detector
JP2011186643A (en) Smoke sensor
JP2020113030A (en) Fire detector
JP2019207650A (en) Smoke detector
JP2019008522A (en) smoke detector
CN108106978A (en) Smog darkroom and the smoke detector using the smog darkroom
JP2023145735A (en) Smoke detector
JP2020102036A (en) Fire detector
JP2020067828A (en) Fire detector
JP2009054063A (en) Fire alarm
JP2020003844A (en) Fire detector
JP2020046807A (en) Fire detector
JP2020016979A (en) Fire detection device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16859812

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017547809

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16859812

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1